Oki Printer C7100 User Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Contents  
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
Model Summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8  
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
How to use this manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10  
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Unpacking. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12  
CD-ROM disk contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13  
Printer location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14  
Printer components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15  
Setting up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Packaging and protective sheet removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18  
Toner cartridge installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22  
Loading paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26  
Manual feed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30  
Power connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31  
Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32  
Menu settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34  
Media recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39  
Paper feed and exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41  
Printer settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
List of user menu settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44  
List of administrator menu settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68  
Setting color tuning from the front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71  
Switching off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74  
Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75  
Windows XP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
Printer Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Which printer driver to use?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Enabling installed options in the driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78  
Changing defaults for paper feed, size and media in the driver . . . . .85  
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93  
Factors that affect color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
Choosing a color matching method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Color matching: PCL driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100  
Color matching: PostScript driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
OKI “Using ICC Profiles” feature: PostScript driver only . . . . . . .107  
Windows ICM color matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110  
Printing Multiple pages on one sheet (n-up printing). . . . . . . . . . . .111  
3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing custom page sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113  
Changing the resolution for a print job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119  
Duplex printing (printing on both sides of the paper) . . . . . . . . . . .120  
Printing booklets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .123  
Printing watermarks: PCL driver only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .126  
Collating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128  
Proof and print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129  
Secure printing (printing confidential documents). . . . . . . . . . . . . .132  
Store to hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135  
Printing overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138  
Printing posters: PCL driver only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147  
Windows 2000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149  
Printer Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Which printer driver to use?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149  
Enabling installed options in the drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150  
Changing defaults for paper feed, size and media in the driver . . . .157  
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162  
Factors that affect color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163  
Choosing a color matching method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .166  
Color matching: PCL Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169  
Color matching: PostScript driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .172  
OKI “Using ICC Profiles” feature: PostScript driver only . . . . . . .176  
Windows ICM color matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179  
Printing multiple pages on one sheet (n-up printing). . . . . . . . . . . .180  
Printing custom page sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .182  
Changing the resolution for a print job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .187  
Duplex printing (printing on both sides of the paper) . . . . . . . . . . .188  
Printing booklets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191  
Printing watermarks: PCL driver only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194  
Collating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196  
Proof and print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .197  
Secure printing (printing confidential documents). . . . . . . . . . . . . .200  
Store to hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .203  
Printing overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .206  
Printing posters: PCL driver only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215  
4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows Me/98/95. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216  
Printer Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216  
Which printer driver to use?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .216  
Ebabling installed options in the drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .217  
Changing defaults for paper feed, size and media in the driver . . . .222  
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .225  
Factors that affect color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226  
Choosing a color matching method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .229  
Color matching: PCL driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .232  
Color matching: PostScript driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .235  
Windows ICM color matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .241  
OKI “Using ICC Profiles” feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242  
Printing multiple pages on one sheet (n-up printing). . . . . . . . . . . .243  
Printing custom page sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245  
Changing the resolution for a print job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .249  
Duplex printing (printing on both sides of the paper) . . . . . . . . . . .250  
Printing booklets: PCL Only, Windows Me only . . . . . . . . . . . . . .252  
Printing watermarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .254  
Collating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .258  
Font substitution: PostScript only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .259  
Proof and print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .260  
Secure printing (printing confidential documents). . . . . . . . . . . . . .264  
Store to hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .267  
Printing overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .270  
Printing posters: PCL only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .279  
Windows NT 4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281  
Printer Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281  
Which printer driver to use?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .281  
Enabling installed options in the drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282  
Changing defaults for paper feed, size and media in the driver . . . .289  
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .297  
Factors that affect color printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298  
Choosing a color matching method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301  
Color matching: PCL driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .303  
Color matching: PostScript driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .306  
Printing multiple pages on one sheet (n-up printing). . . . . . . . . . . .310  
Printing custom page sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312  
Changing the resolution for a print job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .318  
Duplex printing (printing on both sides of the paper) . . . . . . . . . . .319  
Printing booklets: PCL driver only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .322  
Printing watermarks: PCL driver only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .324  
Collating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326  
5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Proof and print . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327  
Secure printing (printing confidential documents). . . . . . . . . . . . . .330  
Store to hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .333  
Printing overlays. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .336  
Printing posters: PCL driver only. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .345  
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346  
Adding Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .346  
Changing the toner cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .349  
Changing the image drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .355  
Changing the transfer belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .358  
Changing the fuser unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .362  
Cleaning the LED heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .365  
Transporting the printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .367  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369  
LCD messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .369  
Paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .373  
Parallel transmission mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .380  
Problem solving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .381  
Problems printing from Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .382  
Problems with poor quality printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .386  
Miscellaneous problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .389  
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391  
OkiLAN 6200e Plus network Print server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .391  
Additional memory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .392  
Internal hard disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .396  
Duplex unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .399  
Additional paper trays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .400  
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402  
Consumables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406  
Toner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406  
Drums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .406  
Fuser Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407  
Transfer Belt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .407  
OKI Print Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .408  
Factory Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410  
Print menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410  
Media menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .410  
Color menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .412  
System Config menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413  
PCL Emulation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .413  
PPR Emulation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414  
6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FX Emulation menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .414  
Parallel menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415  
USB menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415  
Network menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .415  
Memory menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417  
Disk Maintenance menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417  
System Adjust menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .417  
Maintenance menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .418  
Software Utilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419  
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .419  
Color Swatch Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .420  
PDF Direct Print Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .423  
Storage Device Manager for Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .426  
Print Job Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .452  
PrintSupervision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .475  
Network Printer Status Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .477  
Oki LPR Utility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .480  
7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTES, CAUTIONS, ETC.  
NOTE  
A note appears like this. A note provides additional  
information to supplement the main text which helps you to  
use and understand the product.  
CAUTION!  
A caution appears like this. A caution provides additional  
information which, if ignored, may result in equipment  
malfunction or damage.  
WARNING!  
A warning appears like this. A warning provides additional  
information which, if ignored, may result in a risk of  
personal injury.  
Important!  
An important message appears like this. An important message  
provides supplemental information which can prevent potential  
problems.  
8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Introduction  
Congratulations on purchasing this color printer!  
In this chapter you will find a summary of the main features of your  
printer followed by some advice on how to use this User’s Guide to  
get the most from your printer.  
MODEL SUMMARY  
Network Duplex  
Hard  
Model  
Resolution Print speed card  
Unit  
Memory disk  
16 ppm colora  
16 ppm colora  
20 ppm colora  
Optionb  
Optionb  
Optionb  
C7100  
C7100n  
C7300  
600 dpi  
600 dpi  
Option  
64 Mb  
64 Mb  
64 Mb  
Option  
Option  
Option  
Standard  
Option  
600 x 1200  
dpi  
20 ppm colora  
20 ppm colora  
Optionb  
C7300n  
600 x 1200  
dpi  
Standard  
Standard  
64 Mb  
Option  
C7300dxn 600 x 1200  
dpi  
Standard 128 Mb  
Standard  
20 ppm colora  
20 ppm colora  
Optionb  
128 Mb  
Standard 128 Mb  
C7500n  
1200 dpi  
Standard  
Standard  
Option  
C7500dxn 1200 dpi  
Standard  
a. 24 ppm monochrome  
b. Requires additional memory  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Introduction • 8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
FEATURES  
• Single pass digital technology for high quality, speed and  
reliability.  
• Duplex printing for fast two-sided output (standard on C7300dxn  
and C7500dxn, optional on other models).  
• High capacity 10Gb hard disk drive (standard on dxn models,  
optional on others).  
• Versatile paper handling:  
– Standard 530-sheet paper tray  
– Standard 100-sheet multi purpose tray for card stock, envelopes,  
labels, etc.  
– Optional 530-sheet paper trays providing up to a maximum of  
1690-sheet capacity  
• High capacity 10Gb hard disk drive (standard on dxn models,  
optional on others).  
• Flexible interfaces with automatic switching:  
– USB  
– High-speed, bi-directional parallel (IEEE-1284)  
– Industry standard network connectivity via internal network  
interface card (optional on models C7100 and C7300)  
• Environmentally friendly: the advanced power save mode  
minimizes power consumption and the separate toner and drum  
design cuts down on waste.  
• Automatic color balance adjustment: in order to ensure consistent  
output at all times, the machine automatically performs a color  
check when the machine is switched on, when the top cover is  
opened and then closed, and adjusts the color balance  
automatically. It can even be set to adjust the color balance during  
long print runs.  
• Auto media detect: detects the weight of the media being fed  
through the printer then automatically adjusts the fusing  
temperature, speed (if necessary) and transfer voltage to ensure  
correct fusing and print quality.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Introduction • 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL  
This manual will lead you logically through the unpacking, setup and  
operation of your printer to help you to make the best use of its many  
advanced features.  
It also includes:  
• troubleshooting information  
• maintenance guidelines  
• instructions for adding optional accessories as your needs evolve  
NOTES  
This User’s Guide has been written using one printer as a  
model, and the illustrations/screenshots reflect this.  
The information in this manual is supplemented by the  
extensive online help facility associated with the printer  
driver software.  
Online usage  
This manual is intended to be read on screen using Adobe Acrobat  
Reader. Use the navigation and viewing tools provided in Acrobat.  
You can access specific information in two ways:  
• In the list of bookmarks down the left hand side of your screen,  
click the topic of interest to jump to the required topic. (If the  
bookmarks are not available, use the Table of Contents.)  
• In the list of bookmarks click Index to jump to the Index. (If the  
bookmarks are not available, use the Table of Contents.) Find the  
term of interest in the alphabetically arranged index and click the  
associated page number to jump to the page containing the  
subject.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Introduction • 10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Printing Pages  
The whole book, Individual pages, or sections may be printed. The  
procedure for printing from Acrobat Reader is:  
1. From the toolbar, select File, then Print (or press the  
Ctrl + P keys).  
2. Choose which pages you wish to print:  
a. All pages for the entire manual.  
b. Current page for the page at which you are looking.  
c. Pages from and to for the range of pages you specify by  
entering their page numbers.  
3. Click OK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Introduction • 11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting Started  
UNPACKING  
WARNING  
This printer weighs of 106 lbs. (48 kg). 2 people are  
required to lift the printer safely.  
After unpacking the printer and choosing a suitable place to put it,  
check that all the necessary parts are available to continue.  
1. The printer.  
2. 4 toner cartridges (cyan, magenta, yellow and black).  
3. Power cable  
4. CD-ROM disks.  
5. LED lens cleaner (not illustrated).  
6. Light-proof plastic bags (not illustrated).  
7. Documentation (not illustrated): Setup Guide, Software  
Installation Guide, Warranty booklet.  
Retain all packing materials to faciliate transport.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
CD-ROM DISK CONTENTS  
The CD-ROM disks supplied with your printer contain the following  
software:  
CD1 - Drivers, Software Utilities  
CD2 - Manuals  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PRINTER LOCATION  
Place the printer on a flat surface large enough and strong enough to  
accept the size and weight of the printer. There must be sufficient  
space around the printer to allow for access and printer maintenance.  
60cm  
23.62in  
48Kg  
106lbs  
40cm  
15.75in  
20cm  
7.875in  
20cm  
7.875in  
60cm  
23.62  
48kg  
106lbs  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PRINTER COMPONENTS  
1. Top cover  
2. Control panel  
3. Top cover release catch  
4. Multi purpose tray (manual feed)  
5. Paper support extension  
6. Paper guides  
7. Front cover  
8. Paper tray  
9. Paper level indicator  
10.Power switch  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
11.LED heads (4)  
12.Discharge roller)  
13.Fuser unit  
14.Image drum and toner cartridge (cyan)  
15.Image drum and toner cartridge (magenta)  
16.Image drum and toner cartridge (yellow)  
17.Image drum and toner cartridge (black)  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
18.Power connector  
19.Rear exit paper tray  
20.Interfaces and option card slott  
21.USB interface connector  
22.Parallel interface connector  
23.Network interface card (optional on C7100)  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Getting Started • 17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting up  
Before connecting this printer to a computer and power supply, the  
toner cartridges must be installed and paper inserted in the paper  
tray.  
PACKAGING AND PROTECTIVE SHEET REMOVAL  
1. Remove any adhesive tape and packaging from the printer.  
2. Using the release handle, open the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3. Remove the LED head restrainer from behind the LED heads in  
the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Remove the four image drums and place them on a level surface.  
CAUTION!  
• Never expose image drums to light for more than 5  
minutes.  
• Always hold image drum by the ends.  
• Never expose image drums to direct sunlight.  
• Never touch the green surface of the drum.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Remove the protective sheets from each of the four image drums.  
6. Replace the four image drums into the printer making sure each  
image drum is installed in its correct color location.  
(1)  
7. Push the tab (1) inwards and remove the blanking plate from  
each of the image drums.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TONER CARTRIDGE INSTALLATION  
WARNING!  
Take extreme care when handling toner.  
• Toner can be harmful if inhaled, swallowed or if it gets  
in the eyes.  
• Toner can also stain hands and clothing.  
See the Material Safety Data Sheets in your Warranty,  
Regulatory and Safety Information booklet for more  
information.  
1. Remove the black toner cartridge from the package.  
2. Shake the toner cartridge back and forth several times then,  
holding it horizontally, remove the tape.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Remove the locking piece from behind the colored toner release  
lever.  
4. Insert the toner cartridge into the black image drum, left side first,  
engaging the drum locating peg in the hole in the toner cartridge.  
Make sure the colors of the toner cartridge and image drum  
correspond.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Gently push the toner cartridge down engaging the locking pin  
into the groove on the image drum.  
6. Gently push the colored lever toward the rear of the machine until  
it stops. This releases the toner into the image drum.  
CAUTION!  
The lever should go back easily. If the lever resists moving,  
stop and press down on the toner cartridge to be sure it is  
firmly in place before proceeding.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Repeat the process for each color toner cartridge, being careful  
to match the color toner to the color image drum.  
8. Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LOADING PAPER  
1. Remove the paper tray from the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Adjust the paper guides and rear stopper for the size of paper  
being used.:  
CAUTION!  
To prevent paper jams  
• Don’t leave space between the paper and the paper  
guides and rear stopper.  
• Don’t overfill the paper tray. Capacity depends on the  
type of paper and the paper weight.  
• Don’t load damaged paper.  
• Don’t load paper of different sizes, paper quality or  
thickness at the same time.  
• Don’t remove the paper tray during printing.  
• Close the paper tray gently.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. If installed, a lower paper tray cannot be used to print if there is  
no paper tray inserted above it.  
9
(1)  
(2)  
9
(1)  
(2)  
8
(1)  
(2)  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. For face down printing, make sure the rear paper exit is closed  
(the paper exits from the top of the printer). Paper is stacked in  
printed order and the paper tray capacity is approximately 500  
sheets, depending on paper weight.  
5. For face up printing, make sure the rear paper exit is open and  
the paper supports are extended. Paper is stacked in reverse  
order and tray capacity is approximately 100 sheets, depending  
on paper weight.  
CAUTION!  
Don’t open or close the rear paper exit while printing, as it  
may result in a paper jam.  
NOTE  
Always use the face down (rear) stacker for thick paper (card  
stock, etc.)  
6. Load letterhead paper face down as shown for both portrait and  
landscape:  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MANUAL FEED  
1. Open the Multi-purpose tray and extend the paper feed guides.  
2. Load the media face up, and adjust the paper guides to the size  
of the media being used.  
NOTE  
• Don’t exceed the Paper Full line (about 100 sheets  
depending on paper weight, 50 transparencies or 10  
envelopes).  
• Load envelopes face up (flap down) and letterhead  
stationery face up as shown for both portrait and  
landscape printing.  
ABC  
ACB  
CAUTION!  
Don’t open or close the rear paper exit while printing, as it  
may result in a paper jam.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
POWER CONNECTION  
WARNING!  
Ensure both the printer power switch and the AC supply  
are switched OFF before connecting the power cable.  
1. Connect the power cable (1) into the power socket on the printer,  
then into a grounded power supply outlet.  
2
1
2. Switch the printer ON using the main power switch (2).  
The printer will go through its initialization and warm up sequence.  
When the printer is ready, the READY indicator comes on and stays  
on (green) and the LCD indicates ONLINE.  
NOTE  
After installing the new toner cartridges, the message  
TONER LOW or CHANGE TONER may appear on the display.  
If this message does not disappear after a few pages have  
been printed, reinstall the appropriate toner cartridge.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CONTROL PANEL  
1. Attention indicator (red). ON indicates that attention is required,  
but printing will continue. FLASHING indicates that attention is  
required, but printing will stop.  
2. Ready indicator (green). ON - ready to receive data. FLASHING  
indicates processing data or error.  
3. Liquid crystal display. (LCD) panel. Two rows of up to 24  
alphanumeric characters displaying print status, menu items in  
menu mode and error messages.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CONTROL PANEL (CONTINUED)  
1. Menu button. Press briefly to enter the MENU mode. Press  
briefly again to select the next menu. Press for more than 2  
seconds to scroll through the different menus.  
2. Item( +) button. Press briefly to scroll forward to the next menu  
item.  
3. Value (+) button. Press briefly to scroll forward to the next value  
setting for each menu item.  
4. Select button. Press briefly to select the menu, item or value  
indicated on the LCD.  
5. Online button. Switches between online and offline status  
– When pressed in Menu mode, it returns the printer to on line  
status.  
– When pressed with DATA PRESENT displayed, it forces the printer  
to print out the remaining data in the printer.  
– When there is an error message indicating wrong paper size,  
pressing the ONLINE button forces the printer to print.  
6. Item (–) button. Press briefly to scroll backward to the previous  
menu item.  
7. Value (–) button. Press briefly to scroll backward to the previous  
value setting for each menu item.  
8. Cancel button. Press to cancel a print job.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MENU SETTINGS  
Changing the display language  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
Carry out the following instructions to change the language that is  
displayed on the printer’s LCD.  
1. Press the ONLINE button to put the printer offline.  
2. Press the MENU button repeatedly until SYSTEM CONFIG MENU is  
displayed.  
3. Press the SELECT button.  
4. Press the ITEM button repeatedly until LANGUAGE is displayed.  
5. Press the VALUE button repeatedly until the required language is  
displayed.  
6. Press the SELECT button. An asterisk (*) appears next to the  
selected language.  
7. Press the ONLINE button when you have finished setting the  
display language.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Printing the MenuMap  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
Print a list of menu settings to confirm that the printer is correctly  
configured.  
1. Make sure there is paper in the paper tray.  
2. Press the MENU button until the INFORMATION MENU is displayed,  
then press the SELECT button.  
3. Confirm that PRINT MENU MAP is displayed on the LCD.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the menu map.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Media settings  
NOTE  
• If the settings in the printer differ from those selected on  
your computer, the printer will not print and the LCD will  
display an error message.  
• The following printer settings are given as a guide only.  
Some software applications require the paper feed, size  
and media settings to be selected from within the  
application (page setup).  
Selecting paper feed  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
1. Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline.  
2. Press the MENU button repeatedly until PRINT MENU is displayed,  
then press the SELECT button.  
3. Press the ITEM button until PAPER FEED is displayed.  
4. Press the VALUE button until the required paper feed is  
displayed, then press the SELECT button. An asterisk (*)  
appears next to the selected paper feed.  
NOTE  
When AUTO TRAYSWITCH is set to ON and more than one  
paper tray is installed, paper feed automatically switches to  
the next available paper tray.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Selecting the paper size  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
NOTE  
• When using paper trays, standard paper sizes are  
recognized automatically with CASSETTE SIZE (default  
setting) selected. Paper size need only be set for custom  
paper sizes.  
• When using the Multi-Purpose (MP) tray (manual feed),  
the paper size has to be selected.  
1. Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline.  
2. Press the MENU button until PRINT MENU is displayed, then press  
SELECT button.  
3. Press either ITEM (+) or (–) button repeatedly until EDIT SIZE is  
displayed.  
4. Press either VALUE (+) or (–) button until the required paper size  
is displayed, then press the SELECT button. An asterisk (*)  
appears next to the selected paper size.  
5. Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to online status.  
6. Select the correct paper settings in the printer driver before  
printing the file.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Selecting the media type and weight  
Your printer automatically detects paper type and weight. You have  
the option, however, to override these settings as follows:  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
CAUTION!  
If media type or media weight are not correctly set, print  
quality deteriorates and the fuser roller may be damaged.  
1. Press the ONLINE button to place the printer offline.  
2. Press the MENU button until MEDIA MENU is displayed, then  
press the SELECT button.  
3. Press the ITEM (+) or (–) button until MEDIA TYPE or MEDIA  
WEIGHT for the required tray is displayed.  
4. Press the VALUE (+) or (–) button until the required paper type or  
weight is displayed, then press the SELECT button. An asterisk  
(*) appears next to the selected paper type or weight.  
5. Press the ONLINE button to return the printer back to online  
status.  
Select the correct paper settings in the printer driver before printing  
the file.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MEDIA RECOMMENDATIONS  
We recommend the following guidelines when selecting media for  
use in this printer:  
CAUTION  
Print media must be able to withstand 446°F (230°C) for 0.2  
second.  
Paper  
• For recommended papers see your “C7100/C7300/C7500 Handy  
Reference Guide” or check http://my.okidata.com.  
• Paper should be stored flat and away from moisture, direct  
sunlight and heat sources.  
• Don’t use damp, damaged or curled paper.  
• The use of heavily laid or textured paper will seriously affect  
the life of the image drum and give poor print quality. Print  
quality can be improved by changing the media setting to ‘Ultra  
Heavy.’ However, this will reduce the output speed and prevent  
the use of the duplex option.  
• Don’t use very smooth, shiny or glossy paper.  
• Don’t use heavily embossed headed paper, very rough paper or  
paper that has a large grain difference between the two sides.  
• Don’t use paper with perforations, cut-outs or ragged edges.  
• Don’t use carbon paper, NCR paper, photosensitive paper,  
pressure sensitive paper or thermal transfer paper.  
• Don’t use recycled paper.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Envelopes  
• Use only recommended envelopes (OKI 52206301 and  
52206302: see page 409).  
• Envelopes should be stored flat and away from moisture, direct  
sunlight and heat sources.  
• Don’t use envelopes with windows or metal clasps.  
• Don’t use envelopes with self sealing flaps.  
• Don’t use damp, damaged or curled paper envelopes.  
Labels  
• For recommended labels see your “C7100/C7300/C7500 Handy  
Reference Guide” or check http://my.okidata.com.  
• Use only labels designed for use in color laser printers and  
photocopiers.  
• Labels should cover entire carrier sheet.  
• Carrier sheet or adhesive must not be exposed to any part of the  
printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PAPER FEED AND EXIT  
Selection of which paper feed and which paper exit to use for printing  
and whether simplex (single sided) or duplex (double sided) printing  
is available, depends upon the paper size, media weight and media  
type that is used. Please refer to the following tables:  
Paper Sizes  
Feed  
Exit  
MP Tray Rear  
Top  
Paper size Tray 1 Tray 2/Tray 3 Manual (Face up) (Face down)  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
A4  
A5  
b
b
A6  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
S, Da  
B5  
Letter  
Legal (13in)  
Legal (14in)  
Executive  
Envelopes  
S, Da  
b
S, Da  
b
S, Da  
b
b
b
b
Sa  
Custom (width  
76.2 to  
215.9mm;  
height 127.0 to  
355.6mm)  
a. S = Simplex; D = Duplex (printing on both sides of the paper).  
b. Not Usable.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Paper weights and media settings  
Feed  
Exit  
Tray 2/ MP Tray Rear  
Tray 1 Tray 3 (Manual) (face up) down)  
Media  
weight  
Top(face  
Paper, US Bond (Metric)  
17 lb. (64 g/m2)  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Light  
18 to 19 lb.  
Medium  
light  
(68-71 g/m2)  
20 to 24 lb.  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Sa  
S, Da  
S, Da  
Medium  
(75-90 g/m2)  
S, Da  
S, Da  
25 to 27 lb.  
Medium  
heavy  
(91-104 g/m2)  
28 to 32 lb.  
b
b
Sa  
Heavy  
(105-122 g/m2)  
b
b
b
Sa  
33 to 54 lb.  
(123-203 g/m2)  
Ultra  
heavy  
Transaprencies: Media Weight Ignored  
b
b
b
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Set MediaType  
= Transparency  
Labels  
b
b
b
b
b
b
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
Sa  
0.1 to 0.17 mm Medium  
thick Heavy  
0.17 to 0.2 mm Ultra  
thick Heavy  
a. S = Simplex; D = Duplex (printing on both sides of the paper).  
b. Not Usable.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTER SETTINGS  
Confirming current settings  
Current menu settings can be confirmed by printing the MenuMap:  
see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 35.  
Changing the settings  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
1. Press the MENU button until the required menu is displayed, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Press the ITEM (+) or (–) button until the required item is  
displayed.  
3. Press the VALUE (+) or (–) button until the required value is  
displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button. Selection of the value will be  
confirmed by an asterisk (*) appearing to the right of it.  
5. Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to online status.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
LIST OF USER MENU SETTINGS  
Listed in the following tables are the available printer settings. The  
default settings for the printer are in bold text.  
Print Jobs Menu  
This menu only appears if the hard disk drive is installed.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
****  
Sets password using a four-digit  
number (0~9).  
ENTER  
PASSWORD  
This item is also displayed even  
when OP MENU “ALL CATEGORY”  
is set to DISABLE in the Admin.  
menu.  
No jobs; All jobs; File  
name 1 to nn  
Selects printing job for Secure Print  
or Proof and Print.  
SELECT JOB  
This item is also displayed even  
when OP MENU “ALL CATEGORY”  
is set to DISABLE in the Admin.  
menu.  
Information Menu  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Execute  
Execute  
Execute  
Execute  
Execute  
Execute  
Execute  
Prints list of current menu settings.  
Prints job file list.  
PRINT MENU MAP  
PRINT FILE LIST  
PRINT PCL FONT  
PRINT PS FONT  
PRINT EPSON FX FONT  
DEMO1  
Prints PCL font list.  
Prints PostScript font list.  
Prints an Epson FX font list.  
Prints demo page.  
Prints error log.  
PRINT ERROR LOG  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Test Print Menu  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Execute  
Prints ID check pattern to detect bad  
ID.  
PRINT ID CHECK PATTERN  
Displayed only if "TEST PRINT  
MENU" of the System Maintenance  
Menu is set to ENABLE.  
Shutdown Menu  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Execute  
Printer shut down sequence which  
prevents loss of data from the hard  
disk drive. Appears only when the  
hard disk drive is installed.  
SHUTDOWN START  
.
Print Menu  
The default settings are bold face.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
1 to 999  
On; Off  
Sets the number of copies.  
COPIES  
DUPLEX  
Specifies two-sided (duplex) printing  
if the optional duplex unit is installed.  
Long edge; Short  
edge  
Sets binding for duplex printing. Only  
displayed if duplex is ON.  
BINDING  
Tray 1; Tray 2; Tray 3;  
MP Tray  
Selects source of paper feed. Tray 2  
and 3 only displayed if installed.  
PAPER FEED  
On; Off  
Automatic switching to next tray  
when tray in use empties.  
AUTO TRAY  
SWITCH  
Down; Up; Paper  
feed tray  
Specifies selection order priority for  
switching Auto Tray Select/Auto Tray  
Switch.  
TRAY SEQUENCE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Print Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold face.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Normal tray; High  
priority tray; Feed  
when mismatching;  
Do not use  
Specifies MP tray usage.  
Normal tray: (Tray select/switch)  
Use as a normal tray.  
MP TRAY USAGE  
High priority tray: (Valid with Tray  
select only). If there is paper in the  
MP tray and Duplex is not specified,  
the printer uses the MP tray.  
Feed when mismatching. When a  
paper mismatch occurs (i.e. the  
tray's paper size/media type does  
not match the print data), a paper  
request is issued to the MP Tray. If  
the data is for Duplex print, a  
specified tray is used instead of the  
MP tray.  
Do not use. Even if auto switching,  
MP Tray will not be used. If MP Tray  
is designated in Paper Feed, printer  
behaves as though Normal Tray is  
selected.  
Enable; Disable  
Sets whether the printer checks the  
matching of paper size to that of the  
tray. Only standard sizes are  
checked.  
MEDIA CHECK  
Auto; Disable  
Enable/Disable the transparency  
auto detect function. (Used for  
cutting if the sensor wrongly  
detects).  
TRANSPARENCY  
CHECK OHP  
C7100 - 600 x 1200  
dpi; 600 dpi  
Selects print resolution.  
RESOLUTION  
C7300 - 600 dpi x  
1200 dpi  
C7500 -1200 dpi,  
Fast 1200 dpi, 600  
dpi  
ON; OFF  
ON: Enables Toner Save mode.  
OFF: Disables Toner Save mode.  
TONER SAVE  
MODE  
Auto; color speed;  
Normal speed  
Selects monochrome printing speed.  
Auto: prints at the most appropriate  
speed for page process.  
MONO-PRINT  
SPEED  
Color: prints always at the color print  
speed.  
Normal: Always prints at the  
monochrome print speed.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Print Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold face.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Portrait; Landscape  
5 to 128. Default = 60.  
Sets page orientation for printing.  
ORIENTATION  
Sets the number of lines that can be  
printed on a standard letter-size  
page. Invalid in PostScript mode.  
LINE PER PAGE  
Cassette size; Letter;  
Executive; Legal 14;  
Legal 13.5; Legal 13;  
A4; A5; A6; B5;  
Cassette size is selected when using  
standard sized paper in the paper  
tray. Edit size is only used when  
printing one page size onto a  
EDIT SIZE  
Custom; Com-9*  
envelope; Com-10*  
envelope; Monarch*  
envelope; DL*  
different paper size, e.g. A6 onto A4,  
edit size would be set to A6, but  
actual paper in paper tray is A4.  
Invalid in PostScript mode.  
Envelope; C5*  
Envelope  
*Use short edge feed.  
.
Media Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Plain; Letterhead;  
Transparency; Bond;  
Recycled; Card stock;  
Rough.  
Selects the media type for Tray 1.  
TRAY1  
MEDIATYPE  
AUTO, Light, Medium  
light, Medium, Medium  
Heavy, Heavy, Ultra  
Heavy  
Sets the media weight for Tray 1.  
TRAY1  
MEDIAWEIGHT  
Plain; Letterhead; Bond;  
Recycled; Card stock;  
Rough.  
Sets the media type for optional  
Tray 2. (Only displayed if installed)  
TRAY2  
MEDIATYPE  
Auto; Light; Medium  
light; Medium; Medium  
heavy; Heavy; Ultra  
heavy  
Selects the media WEIGHT for  
optional Tray2. (Only displayed if  
installed)  
TRAY2  
MEDIAWEIGHT  
Plain; Letterhead; Bond;  
Recycled; Card stock;  
Rough.  
Selects the media type for optional  
Tray3. (Only displayed if installed)  
TRAY3  
MEDIATYPE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Media Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Auto; Light; Medium  
light; Medium; Medium  
heavy; Heavy; Ultra  
heavy  
Sets the paper weight for  
optional Tray. 3. (Only  
displayed if installed)  
TRAY3  
MEDIAWEIGHT  
A4; A5; A6; B5; Legal 14;  
Legal 13.5; Legal 13;  
Letter; Executive;  
Custom; Com-9  
Sets the media size for the  
multipurpose tray.  
MP TRAY  
PAPERSIZE  
envelope; Com-10  
envelope; Monarch  
envelope; DL Envelope;  
C5 Envelope  
Plain; Letterhead;  
Transparency; Labels;  
Bond; Recycled; Card  
stock; Rough  
Selects the paper type for  
multipurpose tray.  
MP TRAY  
MEDIATYPE  
Auto; Light; Medium  
light; Medium; Medium  
heavy; Heavy; Ultra  
heavy  
Sets the paper weight for the  
multipurpose tray.  
MP TRAY  
MEDIAWEIGHT  
Inch; Millimeters  
Sets the units of measurement for  
custom paper size.  
UNIT OF  
MEASURE  
3 inches to 8.5 inches  
(76 mm to 216 mm)  
Sets the dimensions of custom  
paper. For these dimensions to  
work, the MP tray paper size must  
be set to custom.  
X DIMENSION  
5 inches to 47.2 inches;  
default = 11 inches  
(127 mm to 1200 mm)  
Sets the dimensions of custom  
paper. For these dimensions to  
work, the MP tray paper size must  
be set to custom.  
Y DIMENSION  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Color Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Auto; Manual  
Select whether density adjustment  
and Toner Response Curve (TRC)  
compensation is automatic.  
Auto: Density adjustment is  
automatically run under specified  
conditions, and reflected in the TRC  
compensation.  
AUTO DENSITY  
MODE  
Manual: Density adjustment is done  
manually (see page 71).  
Execute  
If EXECUTE is selected, the printer  
will immediately adjust density and  
reflect it in the TRC compensation.  
Density adjustment must be  
ADJUST DENSITY  
executed when the printer is idle. It  
may become invalid if executed in  
any other state.  
Print pattern  
Prints the pattern for the user to  
manually adjust TRC. Ordinarily this  
function is not needed because TRC  
is automatically adjusted. This  
function permits TRC adjustment to  
your requirement by using the  
adjustment menu of HIGHLIGHT,  
MID-TONE, and DARK for each of  
CMYK. See page 71.  
COLOR TUNING  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
Adjusts HIGHLIGHT (light area) of  
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow or Black  
TRC.  
CYAN, MAGENTA,  
YELLOW OR  
BLACK  
Plus indicates adjustment toward a  
darker level and minus toward  
lighter.  
HIGHLIGHT  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
Adjusts MID-TONE of Cyan,  
Magenta, Yellow or BlackTRC.  
Plus indicates adjustment toward a  
darker level and minus toward  
lighter.  
CYAN, MAGENTA,  
YELLOW OR  
BLACK MID-TONE  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
Adjusts DARK of Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow or Black TRC.  
CYAN, MAGENTA,  
YELLOW OR  
Plus indicates adjustment toward a  
darker level and minus toward  
lighter.  
BLACK DARK  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Color Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
0+1+2+3-4-3-2-1  
Adjusts Cyan, Magenta, Yellow or  
Black engine density.  
Please do not change this setting.  
CYAN, MAGENTA,  
YELLOW OR  
BLACK  
DARKNESS  
Execute  
When this menu is selected, the  
printer performs an Auto Adjust  
Registration.  
ADJUST  
REGISTRATION  
Must be executed in the idle state  
(Auto Registration OFF).  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
0+1+2+3-3-2-1  
Makes a fine adjustment to image  
registration in Cyan, Magenta or  
Yellow against Black in the horizontal  
direction. The adjustment is reflected  
as an offset (addition) value to the  
corrections through Auto color  
Registration Correction. Values are  
adjusted in increments of .026 mm.  
Example: if the paper movement is  
upward - if a value is increased (+) it  
means the image moves downward  
in relation to it.  
CYAN  
REGISTRATION -  
FINE ADJUST  
MAGENTA  
REGISTRATION -  
FINE ADJUST  
YELLOW  
REGISTRATION -  
FINE ADJUST  
Off; SWOP  
The printer has its own process  
simulation generator which simulates  
standard colors in the printer.  
This function is enabled only with  
Postscript language jobs.  
INK SIMULATION  
INK LIMIT  
Darkk; Medium;  
Light  
Selects the limit of the toner layer  
thickness. If paper curl occurs in  
DARK printing, select MEDIUM or  
LIGHT. This sometimes helps reduce  
curl.  
Disable; enable  
Selects enable/disable 100% output  
against the CMY100% TRC  
CMY 100%  
DENSITY  
compensation. Ordinarily, the TRC  
compensation function controls the  
appropriate print density; thus, 100%  
output is not always enabled.  
Selecting ENABLE will allow 100%  
output. In actual printing, the TCR  
values, too, are controlled by color  
Matching. This function is used for  
special purposes; for example, to  
specify the color for CMYK color  
space in PS.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Configuration Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
5 min; 15 min; 30 min;  
60 min; 240 min.  
Sets the time before printer enters  
power save mode.  
POWER SAVE  
DELAY TIME  
Auto emulation;  
PCL; IBM PPR III XL;  
Epson FX; Adobe  
PostScript  
Selects the printer emulation  
language. Note: the only printer  
languages that can be selected are  
PERSONALITY  
those enabled in the Personality  
section of the Maintenance  
menu.  
ASCII  
RAW  
Specifies PostScript (PS)  
communication protocol mode of  
data from USB. (In RAW mode,  
Ctrl-T is invalid.)  
USB  
PS-PROTOCOL  
ASCII  
RAW  
Displayed this Item when OkiLAN  
7300e is installed.  
NETWORK  
PS PROTOCOL  
Specifies PS communication  
protocol mode of data from OkiLAN  
7300e .  
(In RAW mode, Ctrl-T is invalid.)  
On; Job  
PCL emulation: Sets the time before  
deleting error messages. If On,  
press Error Delete switch to display  
error. If Job, error remains displayed  
until next print job is received.  
PS emulation: Error messages are  
only shown during job regardless of  
setting.  
CLEARABLE  
WARNING  
On; Off  
Sets the printer to automatically  
recover after a memory overflow or  
print overrun.  
AUTO  
CONTINUE  
60 sec; 30 sec; Off  
This parameter sets the period of  
time, that after requesting paper to  
be inserted and is not inserted,  
when the print job is cancelled.  
Only works in PostScript mode.  
MANUAL  
TIMEOUT  
Off; 5 sec to 300 sec;  
default = 40 sec  
Sets the time between receiving the  
last byte of data and the page being  
automatically ejected.  
WAIT TIMEOUT  
Only works in PCL mode.  
In PS mode the job will be  
cancelled.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Configuration Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Continue; Stop  
If set to CONTINUE, allows printing  
to continue when Low toner is  
displayed. If STOP is selected -  
when Low toner is displayed, the  
printer goes off line.  
LOW TONER  
ON; OFF  
Sets whether or not printing will  
continue after a paper jam has been  
cleared. If set to OFF, the print job  
that was being printed when the  
paper jam occurred will be cancelled  
after clearing the paper jam. When  
set to ON, the print job will continue  
after the jam has been cleared.  
JAM RECOVERY  
ON; OFF  
When set to ON, prints an error  
report when internal error occurs.  
Only works in PostScript mode.  
ERROR REPORT  
LANGUAGE  
English; German;  
French; Italian;  
Selects the printer display language.  
Spanish; Swedish;  
Norwegian; Danish;  
Dutch; Turkish;  
Portuguese; Polish  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 52  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL Emulation Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
Resident; DIMM0;  
Downloaded  
Selects location of the PCL font  
used.  
FONT  
SOURCE  
DIMM0 is displayed only when font  
DIMM ROM exists in the slot.  
Downloaded only appears if fonts  
have been down loaded to the  
printer.  
I000, C001, S001  
Sets the PCL font number.  
I = internal (resident font); I000 =  
Courier.  
FONT NO.  
C = Font stored in the printer's Flash  
memory.  
S = downloaded soft font, stored on  
the printer's internal hard disk drive.  
Applies only to printers with a hard  
disk drive installed.  
0.44 cpi to 99.99 cpi in 0.01 Sets the font width in characters per  
FONT PITCH  
cpi increments  
inch. Only displayed if the font is a  
fixed spacing outline font.  
Default = 10.00 cpi  
4.00 to 999.75 point, in 0.25 Sets the font point size. Applies only  
FONT HEIGHT  
point increments  
to fixed fonts (does not apply to  
proportional fonts).  
Default = 12.00 point  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL Emulation Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
PC-8, PC-8 Dan/Nor, PC-8  
TK, PC-775, PC-850,  
Selects a PCL character symbol set.  
SYMBOL SET  
PC-852, PC-855, PC-857  
TK, PC-858, PC-866,  
PC-869, PC-1004, Pi Font,  
Plska Mazvia, PS Math, PS  
Text, Roman-8, Roman-9,  
Roman Ext, Serbo Croat1,  
Serbo Croat2, Spanish,  
Ukrainian, VN Int'l, VN Math,  
VN US, Win 3.0, Win 3.1 Blt,  
Win 3.1 Cyr, Win 3.1 Grk,  
Win 3.1 Heb, Win 3.1 L1, Win  
3.1 L2, Win 3.1 L5,  
Wingdings, Dingbats MS,  
Symbol, OCR-A, OCR-B, HP  
ZIP, USPSFIM, USPSSTP,  
USPSZIP, Bulgarian, CWI  
Hung, DeskTop, German,  
Greek-437, Greek-437 Cy,  
Greek-928, Hebrew NC,  
Hebrew OC, IBM-437,  
IBM-850, IBM-860, IBM-863,  
IBM-865, ISO Dutch, ISO L1,  
ISO L2, ISO L5, ISO L6, ISO  
L9, ISO Swedish1, ISO  
Swedish2, ISO Swedish3,  
ISO-2 IRV, ISO-4 UK, ISO-6  
ASC, ISO-10 S/F, ISO-11  
Swe, ISO-14 JASC, ISO-15  
Ita, ISO-16 Por, ISO-17 Spa,  
ISO-21 Ger, ISO-25 Fre,  
ISO-57 Chi, ISO-60 Nor,  
ISO-61 Nor, ISO-69 Fre,  
ISO-84 Por, ISO-85 Spa,  
Kamenicky, Legal, Math-8,  
MC Text, MS Publish, PC Ext  
D/N, PC Ext US, PC Set1,  
PC Set2 D/N, PC Set2 US,  
78 column; 80 column  
If you are printing a letter size  
document on an A4 size sheet,  
select 80 column. This condenses  
the print to fit on the slightly  
narrower A4 sheet, without  
changing the line breaks.  
A4 PRINT  
WIDTH  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 54  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL Emulation Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
OFF; ON  
Change this setting to ON if you do  
not wish to print blank pages; PCL  
mode.  
WHITE PAGE  
SKIP  
CR; CR+LF  
Sets functionality on receipt of CR  
code in PCL mode.  
CR FUNCTION  
LF FUNCTION  
LF; LF+CR  
Sets functionality on receipt of LF  
code in PCL mode.  
Normal; 1/5 inch; 1/6 inch  
Sets the width of the non-printed  
margins.  
PRINT  
MARGIN  
Normal: PCL emulation compatible  
1/5 inch: domestic model emulation.  
1/6 inch: HIPER-W emulation.  
OFF, ON  
PCL only: Sets whether to use  
Composite Black (CMYK mixed) or  
Pure Black (K only) for the black  
(100%) in image data.  
TRUE BLACK  
OFF = Composite (CMYK) Black.  
Provides best results when printing  
photographs.  
ON = Pure Black (black toner only).  
Provides best results when printing  
a combination of text and graphics.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPR Emulation Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ON; OFF  
IN PCL, when switched ON,  
emphasizes the pen width to  
improve the appearance of  
lines specified with minimum  
width.  
PEN WIDTH  
ADJUST  
10 CPI; 12 CPI; 17 CPI; 20  
CPI; PROPORTIONAL  
Specifies character pitch in  
IBM PPR emulation.  
CHARACTER  
PITCH  
12CPI to 20 CPI;  
12CPI to 12CPI  
Specifies 12CPI pitch for  
Condense Mode.  
FONT  
CONDENSE  
Set 2; Set 1  
Specifies a character set.  
CHARACTER  
SET  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 56  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPR Emulation Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
PC-8, PC-8 Dan/Nor, PC-8  
TK, PC-775, PC-850,  
Specifies a symbol set.  
SYMBOL SET  
PC-852, PC-855, PC-857  
TK, PC-858, PC-866,  
PC-869, PC-1004, Pi Font,  
Plska Mazvia, PS Math, PS  
Text, Roman-8, Roman-9,  
Roman Ext, Serbo Croat1,  
Serbo Croat2, Spanish,  
Ukrainian, VN Int'l, VN Math,  
VN US, Win 3.0, Win 3.1 Blt,  
Win 3.1 Cyr, Win 3.1 Grk,  
Win 3.1 Heb, Win 3.1 L1, Win  
3.1 L2, Win 3.1 L5, ISO  
Swedish1, ISO Swedish2,  
ISO Swedish3, ISO-2 IRV,  
ISO-4 UK, ISO-6 ASC,  
ISO-10 S/F, ISO-11 Swe,  
ISO-14 JASC, ISO-15 Ita,  
ISO-16 Por, ISO-17 Spa,  
ISO-21 Ger, ISO-25 Fre,  
ISO-57 Chi, ISO-60 Nor,  
ISO-61 Nor, ISO-69 Fre,  
ISO-84 Por, ISO-85 Spa,  
Kamenicky, Legal, Math-8,  
MC Text, MS Publish, PC Ext  
D/N, PC Ext US, PC Set1,  
PC Set2 D/N, PC Set2 US,  
Bulgarian, CWI Hung,  
DeskTop, German,  
Greek-437, Greek-437 Cy,  
Greek-928, Hebrew NC,  
Hebrew OC, IBM-437,  
IBM-850, IBM-860, IBM-863,  
IBM-865, ISO Dutch, ISO L1,  
ISO L2, ISO L5, ISO L6, ISO  
L9  
Disable; Enable  
Specifies the style that  
replaces 9B Hex with the letter  
o and 9D Hex with a zero  
LETTER 0  
STYLE  
Normal; Slashed  
Sets the zero to be slashed or  
unslashed.  
ZERO  
CHARACTER  
6 LPI; 8 LPI  
Specifies the line spacing  
(lines per inch).  
LINE PITCH  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PPR Emulation Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
OFF; ON  
Change this setting to ON if  
you do not wish to print blank  
pages.  
WHITE PAGE  
SKIP  
Not available for duplex  
printing.  
CR; CR+LF  
Sets functionality on receipt of  
CR code.  
CR FUNCTION  
LF FUNCTION  
LINE LENGTH  
FORM LENGTH  
TOF POSITION  
LEFT MARGIN  
LF; LF+CR  
Sets functionality on receipt of  
LF code.  
80 COLUMN; 136 COLUMN  
Specifies the number of  
characters per line.  
11 INCH; 11.7 INCH;  
12 INCH  
Specifies the length of paper.  
0.0 to 1.0 INCH, in 0.1-inch  
increments  
Specifies the distance of print  
from the top edge of the paper.  
0.0 to 1.0 INCH, in 0.1-inch  
increments  
Specifies the distance of print  
from the left hand edge of the  
paper.  
Disable; Enable  
Fits print data, equivalent to 11  
inches (66 lines), in the  
LETTER-size printable area.  
FIT TO LETTER  
TEXT HEIGHT  
Same; Diff  
Sets the height of a character.  
SAME: Same height  
regardless of CPI.  
DIFF: Height varies depending  
on CPI.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 58  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FX Emulation Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
10 CPI; 12 CPI; 17 CPI; 20  
CPI; PROPORTIONAL  
Specifies character pitch in this  
emulation.  
CHARACTER  
PITCH  
Set 2; Set 1  
Specifies which Epson  
character set is used.  
CHARACTER  
SET  
PC-8, PC-8 Dan/Nor, PC-8  
TK, PC-775, PC-850,  
Specifies a symbol set.  
SYMBOL SET  
PC-852, PC-855, PC-857  
TK, PC-858, PC-866,  
PC-869, PC-1004, Pi Font,  
Plska Mazvia, PS Math, PS  
Text, Roman-8, Roman-9,  
Roman Ext, Serbo Croat1,  
Serbo Croat2, Spanish,  
Ukrainian, VN Int'l, VN Math,  
VN US, Win 3.0, Win 3.1 Blt,  
Win 3.1 Cyr, Win 3.1 Grk,  
Win 3.1 Heb, Win 3.1 L1, Win  
3.1 L2, Win 3.1 L5, ISO  
Swedish1, ISO Swedish2,  
ISO Swedish3, ISO-2 IRV,  
ISO-4 UK, ISO-6 ASC,  
ISO-10 S/F, ISO-11 Swe,  
ISO-14 JASC, ISO-15 Ita,  
ISO-16 Por, ISO-17 Spa,  
ISO-21 Ger, ISO-25 Fre,  
ISO-57 Chi, ISO-60 Nor,  
ISO-61 Nor, ISO-69 Fre,  
ISO-84 Por, ISO-85 Spa,  
Kamenicky, Legal, Math-8,  
MC Text, MS Publish, PC Ext  
D/N, PC Ext US, PC Set1,  
PC Set2 D/N, PC Set2 US,  
Bulgarian, CWI Hung,  
DeskTop, German,  
Greek-437, Greek-437 Cy,  
Greek-928, Hebrew NC,  
Hebrew OC, IBM-437,  
IBM-850, IBM-860, IBM-863,  
IBM-865, ISO Dutch, ISO L1,  
ISO L2, ISO L5, ISO L6, ISO  
L9  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
FX Emulation Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
DISABLE; ENABLE  
Specifies the style that  
replaces 9B Hex with letter o  
and 9D Hex with a zero  
LETTER 0  
STYLE  
NORMAL; SLASHED  
Sets the zero to be slashed or  
unslashed.  
ZERO  
CHARACTER  
6 LPI; 8 LPI  
Specifies the line spacing  
(lines per inch).  
LINE PITCH  
OFF; ON  
Change this setting to ON if  
you do not wish to print blank  
pages  
WHITE PAGE  
SKIP  
Not available for duplex  
printing.  
CR; CR+LF  
Sets functionality on receipt of  
CR code.  
CR FUNCTION  
LF FUNCTION  
LINE LENGTH  
LF; LF+CR  
Sets functionality on receipt of  
LF code.  
80 COLUMN; 136 COLUMN  
Specifies the number of  
columns that will print on a  
page (characters per line).  
11 inch; 11.7 inch;  
12 inch  
Specifies the length of print  
media.  
FORM LENGTH  
TOF POSITION  
LEFT MARGIN  
0.0 to 1.0 inch in 0.01-inch  
increments  
Specifies the distance of print  
from the top edge of the paper.  
0.0 to 1.0 inch in 0.01-inch  
increments  
Specifies the distance of print  
from the left hand edge of the  
paper.  
DISABLE; ENABLE  
Sets the printing mode that  
can fit print data, equivalent to  
11 inches (66 lines), in the  
LETTER-size printable area.  
FIT TO LETTER  
TEXT HEIGHT  
SAME; DIFF  
Sets the height of a character.  
SAME: Same height  
regardless of CPI.  
DIFF: Height varies depending  
on CPI.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 60  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Parallel Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Selects parallel (Centronics)  
interface.  
PARALLEL  
Selects bi-directional  
communication.  
BI-DIRECTION  
Selects ECP mode.  
ECP  
NARROW; MEDIUM;  
WIDE  
Sets ACK width for compatible  
reception:  
ACK WIDTH  
Narrow = 0.5 µS  
Medium = 1.0 µS  
Wide = 3.0 µS  
ACK-IN-BUSY;  
ACK-WHILE-BUSY  
Sets output order for ACK and  
BUSY during reception.  
ACK/BUSY  
TIMING  
ACK IN BUSY: BUSY=LOW to the  
end of the ACK pulse.  
ACK WHILE BUSY: BUSY=LOW to  
the center of the ACK pulse.  
3 MICRO SEC; 50  
MICRO SEC;  
DISABLE  
Sets or disables the i-Prime signal.  
I-PRIME  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Enable = maintains reception  
without changing the interface  
signal, even though an alarm  
occurs. The interface stays open  
even if the ON LINE button is  
pressed.  
OFFLINE  
RECEIVE  
The interface issues a BUSY signal  
only when the receive buffer is full.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
USB Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Selects USB interface.  
USB  
Enables/Disables soft reset  
command.  
SOFT RESET  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Enable = maintains reception without  
changing the interface signal, even if  
an alarm occurs. The interface stays  
open even if the ON LINE button is  
pressed. The interface issues a  
BUSY signal only when the receive  
buffer is full.  
OFFLINE  
RECEIVE  
Network Menu  
This menu only appears if a network card is installed.  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Selects TCP/IP protocol.  
Selects Netware protocol.  
Selects EtherTalk protocol.  
Selects NetBEUI protocol.  
Selects Ethernet frame type.  
TCP/IP  
NETWARE  
ETHERTALK  
NETBEUI  
AUTO; 802.2; 802.3  
ETHER-II; SNAP  
FRAME TYPE  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Selects whether selection of DHCP/  
BOOTP is automatic.  
DHCP/BOOTP  
RARP  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
Selects whether selection of RARP is  
automatic.  
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx  
Configures IP address.  
IP ADDRESS  
Configures subnet mask.  
Configures gateway address.  
SUBNET MASK  
GATEWAY  
ADDRESS  
ON; OFF  
Selects printing of network menu  
map.  
PRINT  
SETTINGS  
ON = When printer exits the menu  
mode it will print the network  
MenuMap showing results of  
self-diagnosis and settings.  
ON; OFF  
Selects network initialization.  
ON = network initializes as the  
printer exits the menu.  
INITIALIZE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 62  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Memory Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
AUTO; 0.5 MB; 1  
MB; 2 MB; 4 MB; 8  
MB; 16 MB; 32 MB  
Sets the size of the receive buffer  
and depends on the amount of  
memory installed in the printer.  
RECEIVE BUFF  
SIZE  
AUTO; OFF; 0.5 MB;  
1 MB; 2 MB; 4 MB; 8  
MB; 16 MB; 32 MB  
Set the size of the font cache area  
and depends on the amount of  
memory installed in the printer.  
RESOURCE  
SAVE  
EXECUTE  
Initializes flash memory if installed.  
FLASH  
INITIALIZE  
0% [n.n MB] TO 90%  
[n.n MB], in 10%  
increments  
Changes the size of the flash  
memory area. “n.n” indicates the  
actual size in MB.  
PS FLASH  
RESIZE  
Note: Special data is stored in the  
Flash Memory, therefore you cannot  
specify 100%.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
CAUTION!  
The Disk Maintenance Menu can be used to initialize the  
printer's internal hard disk drive, to reassign the partition  
contents, or to reformat the partitions.  
Unless you know what you are doing, please avoid this  
section of the Menu.  
It is recommended that disk maintenance be done through  
the OKI Storage Device Manager software by the System  
Administrator, or by someone who is knowledgeable in this  
area.  
Disk Maintenance Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
EXECUTE  
Partitions hard disk and formats  
each partition. Appears only if hard  
disk drive is installed.  
HDD INITIALIZE  
nnn% / mmm% /  
xxx%  
Sets usage of hard disk drive  
partitions:  
PARTITION SIZE  
nnn = Common  
mmm = PCL  
xxx = PS  
Range for each partition: 1 to 98% in  
1% increments.  
nnn + mmm + xxx = 100%.  
PCL, COMMON, PS  
Formats specified partition.  
HDD  
FORMATTING  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 64  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
System Adjust Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
0.00 MM;  
Adjusts overall print position  
horizontally in 0.20 increments.  
X ADJUST  
Range +0.25 TO +2.0  
MM and – 2.0 TO –  
0.25 MM in 0.25 mm  
increments  
0.00 MM;  
Adjusts overall print position  
vertically in 0.20 increments.  
Y ADJUST  
Range +0.25 TO +2.0  
MM and – 2.0 TO –  
0.25 MM in 0.25 mm  
increments  
0.00 MM;  
Adjusts overall print position of  
print face horizontally in 0.20  
increments.  
DUPLEX X ADJUST  
DUPLEX Y ADJUST  
Range +0.25 TO +2.0  
MM and – 2.0 TO –  
0.25 MM in 0.25 mm  
increments  
0.00 MM;  
Adjusts overall print position of  
print face vertically in 0.20  
increments.  
Range +0.25 TO +2.0  
MM and – 2.0 TO –  
0.25 MM in 0.25 mm  
increments  
LEGAL 14; LEGAL  
13.5  
Sets Tray 1 legal paper size.  
TRAY 1 LEGAL 14  
TRAY 2 LEGAL 14  
LEGAL 14; LEGAL  
13.5  
Sets Tray 2 legal paper size.  
Appears only if optional Tray 2 is  
installed.  
LEGAL 14; LEGAL  
13.5  
Sets Tray 3 legal paper size.  
Appears only if optional Tray 3 is  
installed.  
TRAY 3 LEGAL 14  
PCL TRAY 2 ID#  
1 to 59; default = 5  
1 – 59; default = 20  
1 – 59; default = 4  
Sets Tray 2 number for PCL  
emulation.  
Appears only if optional Tray 3 is  
installed.  
Sets Tray 3 number for PCL  
emulation.  
Appears only if optional Tray 3 is  
installed.  
PCL TRAY 3 ID#  
Sets MP tray number for PCL  
emulation.  
PCL MP TRAY ID#  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
System Adjust Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
EXECUTE  
Press SELECT to switch the  
printer to the Hexadecimal Dump  
mode in which all data received is  
printed in both Hexadecimal and  
ASCII format. To return to normal  
print mode, switch the printer off  
then on again.  
HEX DUMP  
Maintenance Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
EXECUTE  
EXECUTE  
EXECUTE  
Initializes EEPROM for each unit.  
Saves the current menu settings.  
EEPROM RESET  
SAVE MENU  
RESTORE  
Reverts to stored menu settings.  
(Only displayed if there are saved  
menu settings).  
ENABLE; DISABLE  
When no input is received for a  
specified time, the printer will enter  
Power Save Mode. See also  
“Power Save Delay Time” under  
the System configuration menu on  
page 51.  
POWER SAVE  
0; +1; +2; –2; –1  
0; +1; +2; –2; –1  
0; +1; +2; –2; –1  
0; +1; +2; –2; –1  
Not normally used.  
Not normally used.  
Not normally used.  
Not normally used.  
PAPER BLACK  
SETTING  
PAPER COLOR  
SETTING  
TRANSPR BLACK  
SETTING  
TRANSPR COLOR  
SETTING  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 66  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Usage Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
nnnnnn  
Shows total number of pages printed.  
TOTAL PAGE  
COUNT  
Shows number of pages printed from tray  
1.  
TRAY 1 PAGE  
COUNT  
Shows number of pages printed from tray  
2. Displayed if optional tray 2 is installed.  
TRAY 2 PAGE  
COUNT  
Shows number of pages printed from tray  
3. Displayed if optional tray 3 is installed.  
TRAY 3 PAGE  
COUNT  
Shows number of pages printed from  
multipurpose paper tray.  
MP TRAY PAGE  
COUNT  
Number of pages printed in color.  
COLOR PAGE  
COUNT  
Number of pages printed in monochrome.  
MONOCHROME  
PAGE COUNT  
REMAINING  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the black  
image drum as a percentage.  
BLACK DRUM  
LIFE  
REMAINING  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the cyan  
image drum as a percentage.  
CYAN DRUM  
LIFE  
REMAINING  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the magenta  
image drum as a percentage.  
MAGENTA  
DRUM LIFE  
REMAINING  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the yellow  
image drum as a percentage.  
YELLOW DRUM  
LIFE  
REMAINING  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the belt as a  
percentage.  
BELT LIFE  
Remaining  
nnn%  
Displays the remaining life of the fuser  
roller as a percentage.  
FUSER LIFE  
BLACK TONER  
CYAN TONER  
15K = xxx%;  
5K = xxx%  
Displays black toner remaining.  
Displays cyan toner remaining.  
Displays magenta toner remaining.  
15K = xxx%;  
5K = xxx%  
15K = xxx%;  
5K = xxx%  
MAGENTA  
TONER  
15K = xxx%;  
5K = xxx%  
Displays yellow toner remaining.  
YELLOW  
TONER  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LIST OF ADMINISTRATOR MENU SETTINGS  
NOTE  
Only system administrators have access to this menu.  
To enter this menu, turn on the printer while holding down the ITEM+  
button.  
OP Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable all categories of User Menu.  
Set to Disable, the User Menu is not shown  
except the PRINT JOB MENU. Panel Lock  
is still available.  
ALL CATEGORY  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable PRINT JOBS MENU.  
Set to Disable, PRINT JOBS MENU is not  
displayed. (PRINT JOB MENU is displayed  
when this MENU setting is set to ENABLE  
even though ALL CATEGORY is set to  
DISABLE.)  
PRINT JOBS  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable INFORMATION MENU.  
Set to Disable, INFORMATION MENU is not  
displayed.  
INFORMATION  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable SHUTDOWN MENU.  
Set to Disable, SHUTDOWN MENU is not  
displayed.  
SHUTDOWN  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable PRINT MENU.  
Set to Disable, PRINT MENU is not  
displayed.  
PRINT MENU  
MEDIA MENU  
COLOR MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable MEDIA MENU.  
Set to Disable, MEDIA MENU is not  
displayed.  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable color MENU.  
Set to Disable, color MENU is not displayed.  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable SYSTEM MENU.  
Set to Disable, SYSTEM MENU is not  
displayed.  
SYSTEMCONFIG  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable PCL EMULATION MENU.  
Set to Disable, PCL EMULATION MENU is  
not displayed.  
PCL EMULATION  
MENU  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 68  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
OP Menu (continued)  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable PPR EMULATION MENU.  
Set to Disable, PPR EMULATION MENU is  
not displayed.  
PPR EMULATION  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable FX EMULATION MENU.  
Set to Disable, FX EMULATION MENU is  
not displayed.  
FX EMULATION  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable PARALLEL MENU.  
Set to Disable, PARALLEL MENU is not  
displayed.  
PARALLEL MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable USB MENU.  
Set to Disable, USB MENU is not displayed.  
USB MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Displayed only when the IEEE 1394 board  
is installed.  
IEEE 1394 MENU  
Enable/Disable IEEE 1394 MENU.  
Set to Disable, IEEE 1394 MENU is not  
displayed.  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Displayed only when the Network Interface  
Card is installed.  
NETWORK  
MENU  
Enable/Disable NETWORK MENU.  
Set to Disable, NETWORK MENU is not  
displayed.  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable MEMORY MENU.  
Set to Disable, MEMORY MENU is not  
displayed.  
MEMORY MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable DISK MAINTENANCE  
MENU.  
DISK  
MAINTENANCE  
Set to Disable, DISK MAINTENANCE  
MENU is not displayed.  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable SYSTEM ADJUST MENU.  
Set to Disable, SYSTEM ADJUST MENU is  
not displayed.  
SYSTEMADJUST  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable MAINTENANCE MENU.  
Set to Disable, MAINTENANCE MENU is  
not displayed.  
MAINTENANCE  
MENU  
ENABLE,  
DISABLE  
Enable/Disable USAGE MENU.  
Set to Disable, USAGE MENU is not  
displayed.  
USAGE MENU  
Normal/Low  
Sets PEAK POWER CONTROL.  
PEAK POWER  
CONTROL  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Color Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
EXECUTE  
EXECUTE  
EXECUTE  
EXECUTE  
Reset the stored TRC data (retained for  
tracking).  
For example, correct values could not be  
taken due to “out of order” situation.  
This is mainly for maintenance purposes  
and not ordinarily used.  
RESET C  
GAMMA FILTER  
RESET M  
GAMMA FILTER  
RESET Y  
GAMMA FILTER  
RESET K  
GAMMA FILTER  
Block Device Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
YES, NO  
Change to YES to block the operator panel  
from showing FLASH INITIALISE ITEM and  
PS FLASH RESIZE ITEM in the Disk  
maintenance and Memory menus.  
INITIALIZE LOCK  
Peak Power Control Menu  
The default settings are bold.  
Item  
Value  
Description  
NORMAL,  
LOW  
Sets Peak Power Control.  
PEAK POWER  
CONTROL  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 70  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SETTING COLOR TUNING FROM THE FRONT PANEL  
Important!  
• In most cases, using Color Tuning is not necessary as the  
printer is optimized for color printing at its default settings.  
• Once you change these settings, they remain in effect until  
you go back in and change them.  
• To return the settings to the defaults, use the steps below to  
set each value back to 0 (zero).  
You can use the printer’s menu to adjust the color intensity for a  
specific color by adjusting the HIGHLIGHT, MID-TONE and DARK  
(shadows) Color Tuning Patterns.  
• To increase the color intensity, use a higher positive setting  
(default = 0, maximum = +3).  
• To decrease the color intensity, use a higher negative setting  
(default = 0, maximum = -3).  
For example, to adjust the intensity of the magenta portion:  
NOTE  
When using the Print Job Accounting utility, you cannot  
print when "Local Print" is set to "No printing" or "No color  
printing."  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
1. Print the Color Tuning Pattern:  
a. Make sure letter size paper is loaded in the tray.  
b. Press the MENU button one or more times, until COLOR MENU  
displays.  
c. Press the ITEM button one or more times, until COLOR TUNING  
displays.  
d. Press SELECT.  
The Color Tuning Pattern prints.  
2. Adjust the Magenta highlight color.  
a. Press the ITEM button one or more times, until MAGENTA  
HIGHLIGHT nn displays.  
b. Press the VALUE button one or more times, until the new value  
you wish to use displays (e.g., +3).  
c. Press the SELECT button.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the right of the number.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 72  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Adjust the Magenta mid-tone color:  
a. Press the ITEM button one or more times, until MAGENTA  
MID-TONE nn appears.  
b. Press the VALUE button one or more times, until the new value  
you wish to use displays (e.g., nn = +3).  
c. Press the SELECT button.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the right of the number.  
4. Adjust the Magenta dark color:  
a. Press the ITEM button one or more times, until MAGENTA DARK  
nn displays.  
b. Press the VALUE button one or more times, until the new value  
you wish to use displays (e.g., nn = +3).  
c. Press the SELECT button.  
An asterisk (*) appears at the right of the number.  
5. Press the ON LINE button to save the new setting and return the  
printer to online status  
6. Print from your application.  
Repeat the above steps until you get the desired magenta color  
intensity.  
NOTE  
To adjust these settings for the Cyan, Yellow or Black color  
intensity, substitute the appropriate color name in the steps  
above.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SWITCHING OFF  
In normal circumstances the power save facility should be used to  
avoid having to switch the printer off. However if you do wish to  
switch the printer off manually, please carry out the following  
procedure:  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
CAUTION!  
• Never turn the printer off while it is printing.  
• If the optional hard disk has been installed, the  
following procedure must be followed before turning off  
to protect any data that is stored on the hard disk.  
• It is recommended that you follow this shutdown  
procedure each time the printer is switched off for any  
reason.  
• After switching the printer off, wait at least 10 seconds  
before switching it on again. This allows the internal  
power levels to drop. Switching on too soon could  
cause the printer to malfunction.  
1. Press the MENU button until SHUTDOWN MENU is displayed, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Press the SELECT button again to begin the shutdown  
sequence.  
3. When PLEASE POWER OFF SHUTDOWN COMPLETED is displayed,  
turn the printer off using the power switch.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 74  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
INTERFACES  
Your printer is equipped with a selection of data interfaces:  
1. Parallel – For direct connection to a PC. This port requires a  
bi-directional (IEEE 1384 compliant) parallel cable.  
2. USB – For connection to a PC running Windows 98 or above  
(not Windows 95 upgraded to Windows 98) or Macintosh. This  
port requires a cable conforming to USB version 1.1 or above.  
• The operation of a printer is not assured if a USB compatible  
device is connected concurrently with other USB-compatible  
machines.  
• When connecting multiple printers of the same type, they  
appear as *****, ***** (2), ***** (3), etc. These numbers depend  
on the order of connecting or turning on each printer.  
3. Ethernet – For network cable connection. This port is standard  
on all “n” models, optional on others.  
NOTE  
Administrator’s authority is required when installing a  
network connection.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on:  
• Making the interface connections  
• Installing the printer drivers  
• Installing network software,.  
You can also go to http://my.okidata.com to see/download a copy  
of the Software Installation Guide or for the latest information on your  
printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Setting up • 76  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows XP  
Printer Drivers  
See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on  
installing printer drivers.  
You can also go to http://my.okidata.com to view and/or download  
a copy of the Software Installation Guide or for the latest information  
on drivers for your printer.  
WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE?  
Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe®  
PostScript® (PS). You can install either of these, or both if you wish.  
Which driver you choose depends on your application.  
• If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript  
(including “.eps” files) graphics, choose the PCL driver. This will  
be more efficient and give good results.  
• If you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript  
graphics, choose the PostScript driver. In this situation  
performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best  
quality  
NOTE  
The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript. So if you  
plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript  
driver. Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low  
resolution.  
If neither driver seems to cover all your needs, you should install both  
drivers: select the same printer port (LPT1 or Network Port) for both  
drivers during the installation.  
Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows  
default driver. Most applications allow you to choose a different  
printer from within the print dialog, so you can print using the  
alternative driver whenever you need to.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVER  
Certain options such as additional memory, the duplexer, or  
additional trays may be installed in your printer.  
Before using the printer, you must enter the printer driver(s) and  
enable the options. You only need to do this once.  
For additional memory: PostScript driver only  
If you have additional memory in your printer, use these instructions  
to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the  
additional memory:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, click Memory Configuration, then  
set the memory in the drop-down list to be the same as that now  
installed in the printer, as shown in the MenuMap (to generate a  
MenuMap printout, see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 33).  
5. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 78  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
For the internal hard disk drive  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, make sure the setting in the Hard  
Disk drop-down list is Installed.  
5. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, click Printer Hard Disk.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 80  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For additional paper trays  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, click  
Available Trays, then select the appropriate number of trays (not  
including the Multi-purpose tray) in the drop-down list.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, select the appropriate number of trays  
(not including the Multi-purpose tray).  
4. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 82  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For the duplex unit  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, click  
Duplex and select Installed in the drop-down list.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Option tab, click Duplex Option Unit.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 84  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED, SIZE AND  
MEDIA IN THE DRIVER  
The normal default for these items is automatic detection.  
NOTE  
If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from  
those you set in the printer driver, the printer will not print  
and the LCD will display an error message.  
The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only.  
Some software applications require the paper feed, size and media  
settings to be selected from within the software (under Page Setup).  
PostScript drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
Important!  
If you will be using heavy media, transparencies, envelopes or  
labels, make sure you open the rear exit before printing:  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 86  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab. Under Tray Selection, select the  
paper feed in the Paper Source drop-down list.  
4. Click the Advanced button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Under Paper/Output, select the media size in the Paper Size  
drop-down list.  
6. Under Document Options J Printer Features, click Media  
Type and select the media from the drop-down list.  
7. Click OK twice and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 88  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. On the Setup tab, under Media, select the required paper size in  
the Size drop-down list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Select the required paper feed under Source.  
NOTE  
If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 90  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Select the required paper type under Weight.  
NOTE  
If Printer Setting is selected, make sure the printer has been  
set to the correct media type.  
6. Click the Paper Feed Options button and make any other  
selections then click OK.  
7. Click OK twice and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network Printer Status Utility  
• Available on TCP/IP network connection only.  
The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator  
has installed it. If the utility is installed, you will see the following  
changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box:  
• a new Status tab is added.  
• an Option button is added to the Device Option tab.  
This utility allows you to view (but not change) the status of the  
following on the Status tab:  
• paper trays installed and the media assigned to them.  
• total size and percentage used of disk/memory.  
• percentage of toner remaining.  
Important!  
If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab, the  
driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status  
information every time you open the Properties dialog box. This  
causes a significant delay until the Properties dialog box opens.  
To avoid this, use the Update Status button in the Status tab to  
manually update the information on demand.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows XP Printer Drivers • 92  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Windows XP  
Operation  
This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the  
printer’s features including:  
• N-up printing (see page 111)  
• Custom page sizes (see page 113)  
• Selecting print resolution (see page 119)  
• Duplex printing (see page 120)  
• Watermarks (see page 126)  
• Collating (see page 128)  
• Proof and Print (see page 129)  
• Secure print: printing confidential documents (see page 132)  
• Storing files to the hard disk drive (see page 135)  
• Using overlays (see page 138)  
• Printing posters (see page 147)  
NOTE  
Most applications allow the printer properties to be  
accessed from within the document print dialog box.  
Operation • 93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING  
The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer  
provide several controls for changing the color output. For general  
use the default driver settings produce good results for most  
documents.  
Many applications have their own color settings, and these may  
override the settings in the printer driver. Please refer to the  
documentation for your software application for details on how that  
particular program’s color management functions.  
If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver,  
please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic, and there  
are many factors to take into consideration. Some of the most  
important factors are listed below.  
Differences between the range of colors  
a monitor or printer can reproduce  
• Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full  
range of colors visible to the human eye. Each device is restricted  
to a certain range of colors. In addition to this, a printer cannot  
reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor, and vice versa.  
• Both devices use very different technologies to represent color. A  
monitor uses Red, Green and Blue (RGB) phosphors (or LCDs), a  
printer uses Cyan, Yellow, Magenta and Black (CMYK) toner or  
ink.  
• A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and  
blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using  
toner or ink. Similarly, there are certain colors, (some yellows for  
example), that can be printed, but cannot be displayed accurately  
on a monitor. This disparity between monitors and printers is often  
the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors  
displayed on screen.  
Operation • 94  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Viewing conditions  
A document can look very different under various lighting conditions.  
For example, the colors may look different when viewed standing  
next to a sunlit window, compared to how they look under standard  
office fluorescent lighting.  
Printer driver color settings  
The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a  
document. There are several options available to help match the  
printed colors with those displayed on screen. These options are  
explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual.  
Monitor settings  
The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change  
how your document looks on-screen. Additionally, your monitor color  
temperature influences how "warm" or "cool" the colors look.  
NOTE  
Several of the Color Matching options make reference to  
your monitor’s Color Temperature. Many modern monitors  
allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the  
monitor’s control panel.  
There are several settings found on a typical monitor:  
• 5000k*  
Warmest; yellowish lighting, typically used in graphics arts  
environments.  
• 6500k  
Cooler; approximates daylight conditions.  
• 9300k  
Cool; the default setting for many monitors and television sets.  
*k = degrees Kelvin, a measurement of temperature  
Operation • 95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How your software application displays color  
Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW® or Adobe®  
Photoshop® may display color differently from "office" applications  
such as Microsoft® Word. Please see your application’s online help  
or user manual for more information.  
Paper type  
The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color.  
For example, a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one  
on specially formulated glossy paper.  
Operation • 96  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD  
There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document  
displayed on your monitor, and its printed equivalent. There are  
many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color.  
However, the following guidelines may help in achieving good color  
output from your printer. There are several suggested methods,  
depending on the type of document you are printing.  
NOTE  
These suggestions are for guidance only. Your results may  
vary depending on the application from which you are  
printing. Some applications will override any color matching  
settings in the printer driver without warning.  
RGB or CMYK?  
The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes  
distinctions between Red, Green, Blue (RGB) and Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow, Black (CMYK).  
Generally, most documents you print will be in RGB format. This is  
the most common, and, if you do not know your document’s color  
mode, assume that it is RGB.  
Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional  
Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications.  
Matching Photographic Images  
RGB only  
Oki Color Matching (see page 103) is a generally a good choice.  
Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor.  
Operation • 97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
RGB or CMYK  
If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application  
such as Adobe Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to  
simulate the printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use  
the ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 110), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space  
(or Output space).  
Matching Specific Colors (e.g., a Company logo)  
RGB only  
• Oki Color Matching (see page 103), and the sRGB setting: PCL or  
PS driver.  
• PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option  
(see page 105).  
• Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches  
and enter your desired RGB values in your application's color  
picker—PS only (see page 102).  
RGB or CMYK  
• If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe  
Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to simulate the  
printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use the  
ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 110), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print  
Space (or Output space) (PS only).  
• Alternatively, use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute  
Colorimetric setting (see page 105).  
Operation • 98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Vivid Colors  
RGB only  
• Use Oki Color Matching (see page 103), with the Monitor 6500k  
Vivid, sRGB or Digital Camera settings (PCL or PS).  
RGB or CMYK  
• Use PostScript Color Matching (see page 105) with the Saturation  
option.  
Operation • 99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLOR MATCHING: PCL DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help  
match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor.  
NOTE  
The PCL driver’s color options are only designed to work  
with RGB data.  
If you are printing CMYK data, we recommend you use the  
PostScript driver.  
To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right click the appropriate printer name and click Printing  
Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
Operation • 100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Click Manual Color under Color Mode, then click Natural  
under Color Setting.  
4. Select the method you wish to use:  
Monitor (6500k) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K.  
Monitor (6500k) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics.  
Monitor (9300k)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 9300K.  
Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera.  
This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors. For  
some photographs, other settings may be better depending on the  
subjects and the conditions under which they were taken.  
sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company logo  
color. The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed  
Operation • 101  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
without any modification, and only colors that fall outside the  
printable colors are modified.  
5. Set any other required parameters using the on-line Help for  
guidance.  
6. When you are done, click OK and close the Printing Preferences  
dialog box.  
The Print Color Swatch Utility  
For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB  
values for colors.  
The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors. Listed  
below each color are the corresponding RGB (Red, Green, Blue)  
values to use in your application to match that printed color.  
An example of using the Print Color Swatch function:  
You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red. The steps you  
would follow are:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples.  
5. Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a  
note of the RGB value below that particular shade.  
6. Using your program’s color picker, enter these same RGB values  
(from step 5), and change the logo to that color.  
NOTE  
The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not  
necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch. If  
this is the case, it is probably due to the difference between  
how your monitor and printer reproduce color.  
Operation • 102  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
COLOR MATCHING: POSTSCRIPT DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling  
the color output of the printer.  
To manually set the color matching options in the  
PostScript driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Select the method to use from the Color Control Method  
drop-down list under Color Mode:  
a. Color Control = OKI Color Matching  
This is OKI’s proprietary color matching system, and affects  
RGB data only.  
Operation • 103  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Select the type to be used from the drop-down list under Color  
Setting :  
• Monitor (6500k) Auto  
Optimized for printing general documents when using a  
monitor with a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500k) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500k) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics and  
text.  
• Monitor (9300k)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital  
camera. This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter  
colors. For some photographs, other settings may be better  
depending on the subjects and the conditions under which  
they were taken.  
Operation • 104  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company  
logo color.  
The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed without  
any modification, and only colors that fall outside the printable  
colors are modified.  
b. Color Control = PostScript Color Matching  
This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the  
printer, and affects both RGB and CMYK data.  
Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent  
drop-down list.  
• Rendering Intents  
When a document is printed, a conversion takes place from  
the document's color space to the printer color space. The  
rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine  
how this color conversion takes place.  
The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are  
listed below:  
– Auto  
Best choice for printing general documents.  
Operation • 105  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
– Perceptual  
Best choice for printing photographs. Compresses the  
source gamut into the printer's gamut while maintaining the  
overall appearance of an image.  
– Saturation  
Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you  
don't necessarily care how accurate the colors are. This  
makes it the recommended choice for graphs, charts,  
diagrams etc. Maps fully saturated colors in the source  
gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer's gamut.  
– Relative Colorimetric  
Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer.  
Much like Absolute Colorimetric, except that it scales the  
source white to the (usually) paper white; i.e. unlike  
Absolute Colorimetric, this attempts to take the paper white  
into account.  
– Absolute Colorimetric  
Best for printing solid colors and tints, such as Company  
logos etc. Matches colors common to both devices exactly,  
and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed  
equivalent. Tries to print white as it appears on screen. The  
white of a monitor is often very different from paper white,  
so this may result in color casts, especially in the lighter  
areas of an image.  
c. Color Control = Using ICC Profile  
This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar  
to Windows ICM matching. See “OKI “Using ICC Profiles”  
feature: PostScript driver only” on page 107.  
d. Color Control = No Color Matching  
Use this option to switch off all printer color matching.  
e. Color Control = Print in Grayscale  
This option prints all documents as monochrome.  
Operation • 106  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OKI “USING ICC PROFILES” FEATURE:  
POSTSCRIPT DRIVER ONLY  
• Affects RGB data only.  
This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows  
ICM matching. The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color  
matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and  
output profiles. Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to  
be chosen.  
Input Profiles (e.g., a digital camera) provide information about the  
color in the original device that was used to capture or display the  
image data. For example, an input device could be a scanner, digital  
camera, or monitor.  
Output Profiles (e.g., the C9300 printer) provide information about  
the device to which you are printing.  
The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output  
profiles to generate a CRD (Color Rendering Dictionary), which is  
used to match the colors as closely as possible.  
NOTE  
This feature may not work for all application programs.  
However, many professional graphics applications offer a  
similar feature in their print settings, with the ability to  
choose a source (input) color space, and a print (output)  
color space  
Operation • 107  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To set up ICC profiles:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Under Color mode, select Using ICC Profile in the Color  
Control Method drop-down list.  
Operation • 108  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Click the New button.  
6. Select the Input profile and Output profile in the drop-down lists  
under Select ICC profile.  
7. Select the desired Rendering Intent and type in a name for the  
profile and click OK. The new name will appear in the Setting  
Name drop-down list under ICC Profile Setting.  
8. Repeat steps 5-7 for each ICC profile you wish to define.  
9. Click OK and close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
Operation • 109  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING  
• ICM is the color management system built into Windows.  
• Affects RGB data only.  
• Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver  
Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer; these  
profiles describe the colors that your device is capable of  
reproducing. ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the  
Color Management tab of the printer driver.  
Depending on how you have installed the printer driver, the color  
profiles may already be associated with the driver.  
To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File, then Properties.  
3. Click the Color Management tab.  
4. Under “Color Profiles currently associated with this printer”  
you should see the names of profiles that match your printer  
model. If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver,  
click “Add…” and locate the ICC profiles for your printer.  
Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors  
in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce. The way  
in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM  
Intent control in the printer driver  
NOTE  
Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM with the  
Color Match “Using ICC Profiles” feature. This is similar to  
Windows ICM, but offers several additional features.  
Operation • 110  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET  
(N-UP PRINTING)  
N-Up printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PS driver  
on the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Layout tab, under Pages Per Sheet, select the required  
number of pages.  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 111  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
N-Up printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver on the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select the required  
number of pages per sheet.  
4. Click the Options button and select the Page Borders, Page  
Layout and Bind Margin, then click OK.  
5. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 112  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES  
Custom page sizes can only be printed from the multi purpose tray.  
The printer media size for the multi purpose tray must be manually  
set in the driver to the custom paper size before use (range 3½ to 8½  
inches [89 to 216 mm] wide x 5 to 14 inches [127 to 356 mm] long).  
Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver  
NOTE  
One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript  
driver.  
1. Make sure the rear exit path is open:  
2. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
3. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
Operation • 113  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Click the Paper/Quality tab. Under Tray Selection, select  
Multi-Purpose Tray in the Paper Source drop-down list.  
1. Click the Advanced button. Under Paper/Output, select  
Postscript Custom page Size in the Paper Size drop-down list.  
Operation • 114  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Enter the Width and Height for the custom paper and select the  
Paper Feed Direction.  
NOTE  
• Long Edge First = media feeds in long edge first  
• Short Edge First = media feeds in short edge first  
• Long Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
• Short Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
3. Click OK three times.  
4. Click Print.  
Operation • 115  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing custom pages using the PCL driver  
NOTE  
Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver.  
1. Make sure the rear exit path is open:  
2. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
3. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
Operation • 116  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. On the Setup tab, under Media, select User Defined Size in the  
Size drop-down list.  
The Set Free Size dialog box appears..  
NOTE  
You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict. If  
you do, click OK and the driver will automatically make the  
needed changes to correct for the conflict.  
5. Select the Unit, then enter the Width and Length measurements  
and click OK.  
Operation • 117  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. User Defined Size appears in the Size list on the Setup tab.  
NOTE  
To save the setting for future use:  
• Click Paper Feed Options, then click Custom Size.  
• Select the unit, then enter the relevant information for  
Width and Height and give your custom size a name  
under Name.  
• Click Add.  
• Click OK.  
The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the  
Paper Size list.  
7. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 118  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs (default settings):  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name, then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below. Note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
1. Click the Job Options tab.  
2. Select the required printing resolution under Quality.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
3. Select Toner Saving if appropriate.  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 119  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DUPLEX PRINTING  
(PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER)  
NOTE  
The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and  
enabled before duplex printing can be carried out.  
• Standard paper sizes only.  
²
• Paper weight range 20 to 28 lb. US Bond (75 to 105 g/m ).  
• Paper must be loaded print side up.  
• Only Tray 1, optional Trays 2 and 3, and the High Capacity Feeder  
trays can be used for duplex printing. The MP tray cannot be used  
for duplex printing.  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs:  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name, then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below. Note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
Duplex printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
Operation • 120  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. On the Layout tab, under Print on Both Sides, select Flip on  
Long Edge or Flip on Short Edge.  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 121  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Duplex printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Setup tab, under 2-Sided Printing, select Long Edge or  
Short Edge.  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 122  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING BOOKLETS  
NOTES  
• You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in  
order to print booklets.  
• Not available on some network connections: see the  
Help file.  
• Some software applications may not support booklet  
printing.  
• The right-to-left setting allows a booklet to be printed for  
right to left reading, which is used in some languages.  
Printing booklets using the PostScript driver  
NOTE  
Booklet printing using the PostScript driver is restricted to 2  
pages per sheet (e.g., print a 5½ x 8½ inch booklet on 8½ x  
11 inch paper or print an 8½ x 11 inch booklet on 11 x 17 inch  
paper).  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
Operation • 123  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. On the Layout tab, under Pages Per Sheet, select Booklet in  
the drop-down list.  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 124  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing booklets using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select Booklet in the  
drop-down list.  
4. Click the Options button, then set the Signature, 2pages, etc.  
(see the on-line Help for information), and click OK.  
5. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 125  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING WATERMARKS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Job Options tab, click Watermark.  
4. Select a name from the Watermark list.  
Operation • 126  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
NOTE  
To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark:  
• Click the New or Edit button.  
• Enter the text for the watermark and select the font, size,  
angle, etc., to be used.  
• Click OK.  
The new watermark appears in the Watermark list.  
5. If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the  
document, select First Page only.  
6. Click OK twice.  
7. Click Print.  
Operation • 127  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLLATING  
Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed.  
However, printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater  
performance.  
Important  
If your software application has a collate option, use it instead of  
the collate option in the printer driver.  
The following instructions explain how to select collating using the  
printer driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Job Options tab, under Job Type, enter the number of  
copies required and—only if the application has no collate  
option—select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK, then click Print.  
Operation • 128  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PROOF AND PRINT  
Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for  
checking before printing multiple copies of the same document.  
NOTES  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled, to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, it must be turned OFF for proof and print to  
operate correctly.  
• Proof and print may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
Operation • 129  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Under Job Type, select Proof and Print.  
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK  
4. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate (Post  
Script driver only).  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
5. Click OK, then click Print. The document is stored on the hard  
disk drive, and one copy is printed for checking.  
6. After checking the proof, print or delete (if incorrect) the  
remaining copies of the document using the procedures given  
below.  
Operation • 130  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing copies  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the  
document.  
Deleting copies  
If the proof is not ready for printing, the job must be deleted from the  
printer:  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for Oki Storage  
Device Manager.  
Operation • 131  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECURE PRINTING  
(PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS)  
Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of  
confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for secure printing to  
operate correctly.  
• Secure printing may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. Under Job Type, select Secure Print.  
NOTE  
If you’ve already placed a document on the hard disk drive  
using Secure Print, but have not yet printed it out, click the  
PIN button and enter a new job name.  
Operation • 132  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name and,  
if required, select Request Job Name for each print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
4. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
5. Click OK, then click Print. The document will be stored on the  
printer’s hard disk.  
6. Go to the printer and print out the document using the front panel  
(see below).  
Operation • 133  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing a confidential document from the front panel  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button.  
The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive.  
Deleting the confidential document before printing it  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the on-line Help for the Oki Storage  
Device Manager software.  
Operation • 134  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STORE TO HARD DISK  
Store to hard disk (job spooling) allows print jobs to be prepared and  
stored on the hard disk for printing on demand. This is good for forms,  
generic memos, letterhead stationery, etc.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to  
operate correctly.  
• Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Job Options tab, select Store to HDD.  
NOTE  
If you’ve already stored a document on the printer’s hard  
disk drive, and want to store another one, click the PIN  
button and enter a new Job Name.  
Operation • 135  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
4. Select the number of Copies and click Collate if applicable.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
5. Click OK, then click Print. The document will be stored on the  
hard disk and can then be printed on demand, or deleted, using  
the procedure below.  
Operation • 136  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To print a stored document  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the document.  
To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored  
document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager. Please  
refer to the On-line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager  
software.  
Operation • 137  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING OVERLAYS  
What are Overlays?  
An Overlay can be a combination of graphics, fonts, or text that is  
stored in the printer's flash memory or on the hard disk (supplied on  
some models, optional on others), and printed whenever required.  
The result is similar to the Watermark feature, but with the ability to  
be much more elaborate.  
Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads, forms,  
or invoices, and should reduce the need for pre-printed stationery.  
An example of using Overlays:  
Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer  
using the Storage Device Manager:  
• the company logo  
• the company address  
• the company mission statement.  
The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your  
document in various combinations, depending on your requirements.  
To create overlays:  
1. Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing  
(e.g. a letterhead) and generate a PRN file (print file) using the  
printer driver.  
2. Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file  
(print file) to a storable file format, and download it to the printer.  
Operation • 138  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the  
printer, other users only have to switch on the required settings in the  
printer driver to use the overlays.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to  
allow for spooling of the print job before final printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate  
correctly.  
• An overlay may consist of more than one component file.  
Creating documents to use as overlays  
An overlay can be created in any software application that can  
handle logos, letterheads, forms, etc. and can print to a file.  
PCL Driver  
To create a print (PRN) file:  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the "Print To File" option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click the Preferences button. This should  
open the printer driver settings.  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this.  
4. Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like  
your overlay to print.  
Operation • 139  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet. Don't use N-up, duplex,  
finisher options, etc. when creating an overlay. These can be  
added when printing the document that includes the overlay.  
6. Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
7. Click Print.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
PostScript  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties… This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
4. Select the Job Options tab, and click the Overlays… button.  
5. Choose Create Form from the menu.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to print the document to a file.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do  
this.  
Downloading the print file to use as an overlay  
In the previous topic, you created a print (PRN) file on your PC's hard  
disk. This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the  
Storage Device Manager.  
Operation • 140  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original  
software CDs that were supplied with your printer.  
1. Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to  
discover (locate) the printer.  
2. Click Project then New Project.  
3. Select Add File to Project from the Project menu, and select the  
PRN file(s) that you created earlier.  
PCL: This automatically generates a BIN file.  
Important!  
At this step, you will see in the project window that the BIN file is  
assigned an ID number. You can change this ID number by  
double-clicking it, and entering a new one in the ID field.  
PostScript: This automatically generates a PostScript hst file. Note  
the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager.  
Names are case sensitive.  
NOTE  
For PCL and PS: this is important because you need to use  
this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer  
driver. Therefore, it is recommended you change the ID  
number or name from the default value and note it for later  
use.  
4. Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower  
window of the Storage Device Manager.  
5. Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to  
Printer.  
This downloads the file to the printer. The Storage Device Manager  
displays "Command Issued" to indicate that the file was  
downloaded successfully.  
6. Close the Storage Device Manager.  
Operation • 141  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. RIght click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Click the Overlay button.  
5. Click the New button.  
Operation • 142  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name list, and  
select the pages on which it is to be printed.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printers’ hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
7. Enter or select a form name in the drop-down list under Form  
setting, then click Add.  
NOTE  
The Form Name is a random name of your selection.  
8. Click OK.  
9. If required, continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps  
5 through 8.  
10. Highlight the overlay name(s) under Defined Overlay and click  
Add to add the overlay(s) to the list under Active Overlay (to  
Operation • 143  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
select more than one overlay, hold the CTRL key while clicking  
on each name).  
11. Select Use Overlay from the drop-down list at the top of the  
dialog box, then click OK.  
12. Close the Printers and Faxes dialog box.  
Operation • 144  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers and Faxes.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Job Options tab.  
4. Click the Overlay... button.  
5. To define an overlay, click the Define Overlays button.  
Operation • 145  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name list.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printer’s hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
7. Enter the ID of the file in ID Values. Please refer to the  
instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility.  
8. Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on  
Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in  
the document, then click Add  
9. Click Close.  
10. Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the  
Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays.  
11. Select Print Using Active Overlays.  
12. Click OK.  
13. Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
Operation • 146  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING POSTERS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up  
the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on  
separate sheets. Then the separate sheets are combined to produce  
a poster. It is only available with the PCL printer driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Preferences button.  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select PosterPrint.  
Operation • 147  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Click Options... and enter the configuration details  
5. Click OK twice.  
6. Click Print.  
Operation • 148  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows 2000  
Printer Drivers  
See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on  
installing printer drivers.  
You can also go to http://my.okidata.com to view and/or download  
a copy of the Software Installation Guide or for the latest information  
on drivers for your printer.  
WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE?  
Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe®  
PostScript® (PS). You can install either of these, or both if you wish.  
Which driver you choose depends on your application.  
• If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript  
(including “.eps” files) graphics, choose the PCL driver. This will  
be more efficient and give good results.  
• If you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript  
graphics, choose the PostScript driver. In this situation  
performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best  
quality  
NOTE  
The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript. So if you  
plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript  
driver. Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low  
resolution.  
If neither driver seems to cover all your needs, you should install both  
drivers: select the same printer port (LPT1 or Network Port) for both  
drivers during the installation.  
Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows  
default driver. Most applications allow you to choose a different  
printer from within the print dialog, so you can print using the  
alternative driver whenever you need to.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 149  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS  
Certain options such as additional memory, the duplexer, or  
additional trays may be installed in your printer.  
Before using the printer, you must enter the printer driver(s) and  
enable the options. You only need to do this once.  
For additional memory  
If you have additional memory in your printer, use these instructions  
to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the  
additional memory:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, click Memory Configuration, then  
set the memory in the drop-down list to be the same as that now  
installed in the printer, as shown in the MenuMap (to generate a  
MenuMap printout, see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 33)  
5. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 150  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
For the internal hard disk drive  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, make sure Hard Disk is set to  
Installed.  
5. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 151  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, click Printer Hard Disk.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 152  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For additional paper trays  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, click  
Available Trays, then select the appropriate number of trays (not  
including the Multi Purpose tray) in the drop-down list.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 153  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, select the appropriate number of trays  
(not including the Multi Purpose tray).  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 154  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For the duplex unit  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, make  
sure Duplex is set to Installed.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 155  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Option tab, click Duplex Option Unit.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 156  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED, SIZE AND  
MEDIA IN THE DRIVER  
The normal default for these items is automatic detection.  
NOTE  
If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from  
those you set in the printer driver, the printer will not print  
and the LCD will display an error message.  
The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only.  
Some software applications require the paper feed, size and media  
settings to be selected from within the software (under Page Setup).  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
Important!  
If you will be using heavy media, transparencies, envelopes or  
labels, make sure you open the rear exit before printing.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 157  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Click the Paper/Quality tab. Under Tray Selection, select the  
paper feed in the Paper Source drop-down list.  
4. Click the Advanced button.  
5. Under Paper/Output, select the media size in the Paper Size  
drop-down list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 158  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Under Document Options J Printer Features, click Media  
Type and select the media from the drop-down list.  
7. Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 159  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. In the Setup tab, under Media, select the required paper size in  
the Size drop-down list.  
4. Select the required paper feed under Source.  
NOTE  
If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible.  
5. Select the required paper type under Weight.  
NOTE  
If Printer Setting is selected, make sure the printer has been  
set to the correct media type.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 160  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Click Paper Feed Options and make any other selections, then  
click OK.  
7. Click OK twice and close the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
Network Printer Status utility  
• Available on TCP/IP network connection only.  
The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator  
has installed it. If the utility is installed, you will see the following  
changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box:  
• a new Status tab is added  
• an Option button is added to the Device Option tab.  
This utility allows you to view (but not change) the status of the  
following on the Status tab:  
• paper trays installed and the media assigned to them.  
• total size and percentage used of disk/memory.  
• percentage of toner remaining.  
Important!  
If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab, the  
driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status  
information every time you open the Properties dialog box. This  
causes a significant delay until the Properties box opens. To  
avoid this, use the Update Status button in the Status tab to  
manually update the information on demand.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows 2000 Printer Drivers • 161  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Windows 2000  
Operation  
This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the  
printer’s features including:  
• N-up printing (see page 180)  
• Custom page sizes (see page 182)  
• Selecting print resolution (see page 187)  
• Duplex printing (see page 188)  
• Watermarks (see page 194)  
• Collating (see page 196)  
• Proof and Print (see page 197)  
• Secure print: printing confidential documents (see page 200)  
• Storing files to the hard disk drive (see page 203)  
• Using overlays (see page 206)  
Printing posters (see page 215)  
NOTE  
Most applications allow the printer properties to be  
accessed from within the document print dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 162  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING  
The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer  
provide several controls for changing the color output. For general  
use the default driver settings produce good results for most  
documents.  
Many applications have their own color settings, and these may  
override the settings in the printer driver. Please refer to the  
documentation for your software application for details on how that  
particular program’s color management functions.  
If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver,  
please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic, and there  
are many factors to take into consideration. Some of the most  
important factors are listed below.  
Differences between the range of colors  
a monitor or printer can reproduce  
• Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full  
range of colors visible to the human eye. Each device is restricted  
to a certain range of colors. In addition to this, a printer cannot  
reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor, and vice versa.  
• Both devices use very different technologies to represent color. A  
monitor uses Red, Green and Blue (RGB) phosphors (or LCDs), a  
printer uses Cyan, Yellow, Magenta and Black (CMYK) toner or  
ink.  
• A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and  
blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using  
toner or ink. Similarly, there are certain colors, (some yellows for  
example), that can be printed, but cannot be displayed accurately  
on a monitor. This disparity between monitors and printers is often  
the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors  
displayed on screen.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 163  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Viewing conditions  
A document can look very different under various lighting conditions.  
For example, the colors may look different when viewed standing  
next to a sunlit window, compared to how they look under standard  
office fluorescent lighting.  
Printer driver color settings  
The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a  
document. There are several options available to help match the  
printed colors with those displayed on screen. These options are  
explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual.  
Monitor settings  
The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change  
how your document looks on-screen. Additionally, your monitor color  
temperature influences how "warm" or "cool" the colors look.  
NOTE  
Several of the Color Matching options make reference to  
your monitor’s Color Temperature. Many modern monitors  
allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the  
monitor’s control panel.  
There are several settings found on a typical monitor:  
• 5000k*  
Warmest; yellowish lighting, typically used in graphics arts  
environments.  
• 6500k  
Cooler; approximates daylight conditions.  
• 9300k  
Cool; the default setting for many monitors and television sets.  
*k = degrees Kelvin, a measurement of temperature  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 164  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How your software application displays color  
Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW® or Adobe®  
Photoshop® may display color differently from "office" applications  
such as Microsoft® Word. Please see your application’s online help  
or user manual for more information.  
Paper type  
The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color.  
For example, a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one  
on specially formulated glossy paper.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 165  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD  
There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document  
displayed on your monitor, and it's printed equivalent. There are  
many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color.  
However, the following guidelines may help in achieving good color  
output from your printer. There are several suggested methods,  
depending on the type of document you are printing.  
NOTE  
These suggestions are for guidance only. Your results may  
vary depending on the application from which you are  
printing. Some applications will override any color matching  
settings in the printer driver without warning.  
RGB or CMYK?  
The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes  
distinctions between Red, Green, Blue (RGB) and Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow, Black (CMYK).  
Generally, most documents you print will be in RGB format. This is  
the most common, and, if you do not know your document’s color  
mode, assume that it is RGB.  
Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional  
Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications.  
Matching Photographic Images  
RGB only  
Oki Color Matching (see page 172) is a generally a good choice.  
Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 166  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
RGB or CMYK  
If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application  
such as Adobe Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to  
simulate the printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use  
the ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 179), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space  
(or Output space).  
Matching Specific Colors (e.g., a Company logo)  
RGB only  
• Oki Color Matching (see page 172), and the sRGB setting: PCL or  
PS driver.  
• PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option  
(see page 174).  
• Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches  
and enter your desired RGB values in your application's color  
picker—PS only (see page 171).  
RGB or CMYK  
• If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe  
Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to simulate the  
printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use the  
ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 179), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print  
Space (or Output space) (PS only).  
• Alternatively, use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute  
Colorimetric setting (see page 174).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 167  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Vivid Colors  
RGB only  
• Use Oki Color Matching (see page 172), with the Monitor 6500k  
Vivid, sRGB or Digital Camera settings (PCL or PS).  
RGB or CMYK  
• Use PostScript Color Matching (see page 174) with the Saturation  
option.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 168  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLOR MATCHING: PCL DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help  
match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor.  
NOTE  
The PCL driver’s color options are only designed to work  
with RGB data.  
If you are printing CMYK data, we recommend you use the  
PostScript driver.  
To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the appropriate printer name and click Printing  
Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 169  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
a. Click Manual Color under Color Mode, then click Natural  
under Color Setting.  
4. Select the method you wish to use:  
Monitor (6500k) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K.  
Monitor (6500k) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics.  
Monitor (9300k)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 9300K.  
Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera.  
This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors. For  
some photographs, other settings may be better depending on the  
subjects and the conditions under which they were taken.  
sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company logo  
color. The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 170  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
without any modification, and only colors that fall outside the  
printable colors are modified.  
5. Set any other required parameters using the on-line Help for  
guidance.  
6. When you are done, click OK and close the Printing Preferences  
dialog box.  
The Print Color Swatch Utility  
For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB  
values for colors.  
The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors. Listed  
below each color are the corresponding RGB (Red, Green, Blue)  
values to use in your application to match that printed color.  
An example of using the Print Color Swatch function:  
You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red. The steps you  
would follow are:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples.  
5. Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a  
note of the RGB value below that particular shade.  
6. Using your program’s color picker, enter these same RGB values  
(from step 5), and change the logo to that color.  
NOTE  
The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not  
necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch. If  
this is the case, it is probably due to the difference between  
how your monitor and printer reproduce color.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 171  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
COLOR MATCHING: POSTSCRIPT DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling  
the color output of the printer.  
To manually set the color matching options in the  
PostScript driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Select the method to use from the Color Control Method  
drop-down list under Color Mode:  
a. Color Control = OKI Color Matching  
This is OKI’s proprietary color matching system, and affects  
RGB data only.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 172  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
Select the type to be used from the drop-down list under Color  
Setting:  
• Monitor (6500K) Auto  
Optimized for printing general documents when using a  
monitor with a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500K) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500K) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics and  
text.  
• Monitor (9300K)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital  
camera. This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter  
colors. For some photographs, other settings may be better  
depending on the subjects and the conditions under which  
they were taken.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 173  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company  
logo color.  
The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed without  
any modification, and only colors that fall outside the printable  
colors are modified.  
b. Color Control = PostScript Color Matching  
This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built-in to  
the printer, and affects both RGB and CMYK data.  
Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent  
drop-down list.  
• Rendering Intents  
When a document is printed, a conversion takes place from  
the document's color space to the printer color space. The  
rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine  
how this color conversion takes place.  
The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are  
listed below:  
– Auto  
Best choice for printing general documents.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 174  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
– Perceptual  
Best choice for printing photographs. Compresses the  
source gamut into the printer's gamut whilst maintaining the  
overall appearance of an image. This may change the  
overall appearance of an image as all the colors are shifted  
together.  
– Saturation  
Best choice for printing bright & saturated colors if you don't  
necessarily care how accurate the colors are. This makes  
it the recommended choice for graphs, charts, diagrams  
etc. Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully  
saturated colors in the printer's gamut.  
– Relative Colorimetric  
Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer.  
Much like Absolute Colorimetric, except that it scales the  
source white to the (usually) paper white; i.e. unlike  
Absolute Colorimetric, this attempts to take the paper white  
into account.  
– Absolute Colorimetric  
Best for printing solid colors and tints, such as Company  
logos etc. Matches colors common to both devices exactly,  
and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed  
equivalent. Tries to print white as it appears on screen. The  
white of a monitor is often very different from paper white,  
so this may result in color casts, especially in the lighter  
areas of an image.  
c. Color Control = Using ICC Profile  
This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar  
to Windows ICM matching. See “OKI “Using ICC Profiles”  
feature: PostScript driver only” on page 176.  
d. Color Control = No Color Matching  
Use this option to switch off all printer color matching.  
e. Color Control = Print in Grayscale  
This option prints all documents as monochrome.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 175  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OKI “USING ICC PROFILES” FEATURE:  
POSTSCRIPT DRIVER ONLY  
• Affects RGB data only.  
This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows  
ICM matching. The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color  
matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and  
output profiles. Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to  
be chosen.  
Input Profiles (e.g., a digital camera) provide information about the  
color in the original device that was used to capture or display the  
image data. For example, an input device could be a scanner, digital  
camera, or monitor.  
Output Profiles (e.g., the C9300 printer) provide information about  
the device to which you are printing.  
The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output  
profiles to generate a CRD (Color Rendering Dictionary), which is  
used to match the colors as closely as possible.  
NOTE  
This feature may not work for all application programs.  
However, many professional graphics applications offer a  
similar feature in their print settings, with the ability to  
choose a source (input) color space, and a print (output)  
color space  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 176  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
To set up ICC profiles:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Under Color mode, select Using ICC Profile in the Color  
Control Method drop-down list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 177  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Click the New button.  
a. Select the Input profile and Output profile in the drop-down  
lists under Select ICC profile.  
b. Select the desired Rendering Intent and type in a name for the  
profile, then click OK. The new name will appear in the Setting  
Name drop-down list under ICC Profile Setting.  
c. Repeat steps 5-7 for each ICC profile you wish to define.  
6. Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 178  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING  
• ICM is the color management system built into Windows.  
• Affects RGB data only.  
• Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver  
Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer; these  
profiles describe the colors that your device is capable of  
reproducing. ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the  
Color Management tab of the printer driver.  
Depending on how you have installed the printer driver, the color  
profiles may already be associated with the driver.  
To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File, then Properties.  
3. Click the Color Management tab.  
4. Under “Color Profiles currently associated with this printer”,  
you should see the names of profiles that match your printer  
model. If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver,  
click “Add…” and locate the ICC profiles for your printer.  
Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors  
in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce. The way  
in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM  
Intent control in the printer driver  
NOTE  
Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM with the  
Color Match “Using ICC Profiles” feature. This is similar to  
Windows ICM, but offers several additional features.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 179  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET  
(N-UP PRINTING)  
N-Up printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Layout tab.  
3. Under Pages Per Sheet, select the required number of pages.  
4. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 180  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
N-Up printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Setup tab.  
3. Under Finishing Mode, select the required number of pages per  
sheet.  
4. Click Options and select the Page Borders, Page Layout and  
Bind Margin, then click OK.  
5. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 181  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES  
Important!  
If you will be using heavy media, transparencies, envelopes or  
labels, make sure you open the rear exit before printing.  
Custom page sizes can only be printed from the multi purpose tray.  
The printer media size for the multi purpose tray must be manually  
set in the driver to the custom paper size before use (range 3½ to 8½  
inches [89 to 216 mm] wide x 5 to 14 inches [127 to 356 mm] long).  
Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver  
NOTE  
One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript  
driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Paper/Quality tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 182  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Under Tray Selection, select Multi-Purpose Tray in the Paper  
Source drop-down list.  
4. Click the Advanced button. Under Paper/Output, select  
Postscript Custom Page Size in the Paper Size drop-down list.  
NOTE  
• Long Edge First = media feeds in long edge first  
• Short Edge First = media feeds in short edge first  
• Long Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
• Short Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 183  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Enter the Width and Height for the custom paper and select the  
Paper Feed Direction, then click OK.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 184  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing custom pages using the PCL driver  
NOTE  
Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Setup tab.  
1. Under Media, select User Defined in the Size drop-down list.  
NOTE  
You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict. If  
you do, click OK and the driver will automatically make the  
needed changes to correct for the conflict.  
The Set Free Size dialog box appears.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 185  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
2. Select the unit, then enter the width and length measurements  
and click OK.  
3. Check that User Defined now appears in the Size box on the  
Setup tab.  
NOTE  
To save the setting for future use:  
• Click Paper Feed Options, then click Custom Size.  
• Select the unit, then enter the relevant information for  
Width and Height and give your custom size a name  
under Name.  
• Click Add.  
• Click OK.  
The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the  
Paper Size list.  
4. Click OK.  
5. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 186  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs (default settings):  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab.  
1. Click the Job Options tab.  
2. Select the required printing resolution under Quality.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
3. Select Toner Saving if appropriate.  
4. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 187  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DUPLEX PRINTING  
(PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER)  
NOTE  
The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and  
enabled before duplex printing can be carried out.  
• Standard paper sizes only.  
²
• Paper weight range 20 to 28 lb. US Bond (75 to 105 g/m ).  
• Paper must be loaded print side up.  
• Only Tray 1, optional Trays 2 and 3, and the High Capacity  
Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing. The MP tray cannot  
be used for duplex printing.  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs:  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
Duplex printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Layout tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 188  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3. Under Print on Both Sides(Duplex) tab, select Flip on Long  
Edge or Flip on Short Edge.  
4. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 189  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Duplex printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Setup tab.  
3. Under 2-Sided Printing, select Long Edge or Short Edge.  
4. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 190  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING BOOKLETS  
NOTES  
• You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in  
order to print booklets.  
• Not available on some network connections: see the  
Help file.  
• Some software applications may not support booklet  
printing.  
• The right-to-left setting allows a booklet to be printed for  
right to left reading, which is used in some languages.  
Printing booklets using the PostScript driver  
Important!  
Booklet printing using the PostScript driver is restricted to 2  
pages per sheet (e.g., print a 5½ x 8½ inch booklet on 8½ x 11  
inch paper, or print an 8½ x 11 inch document on 11 x 17 inch  
paper).  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Layout tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 191  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
3. Under Pages Per Sheet, select Booklet in the drop-down list.  
4. Under Print on Both Sides(Duplex), select Flip on Short edge.  
5. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 192  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing booklets using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PS driver on the  
General tab, then click the Setup tab.  
3. Under Finishing Mode, select Booklet in the drop-down list.  
4. Click the Options button and set Signature, 2Pages, Right to  
Left and Bind Margin as required, then click OK.  
5. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 193  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING WATERMARKS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Job Options tab.  
3. Click the Watermark button.  
4. Select a name from the Watermark list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 194  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
NOTE  
To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark:  
• Click the New or Edit button.  
• Enter the text for the watermark and select the font, size,  
angle, etc., to be used.  
• Click OK.  
The new watermark appears in the Watermark list.  
5. If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the  
document, select First Page only.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 195  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLLATING  
Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed.  
However, printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater  
performance.  
Important  
If your software application has a collate option, use it instead of  
the collate option in the printer driver.  
The following instructions explain how to select collating using the  
printer driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Job Options tab.  
3. Under Job Type, enter the number of copies required and—only  
if the application has no collate option—select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 196  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PROOF AND PRINT  
Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for  
checking before printing multiple copies of the same document.  
NOTES  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled, to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, it must be turned OFF for proof and print to  
operate correctly.  
• Proof and print may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Job Options tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 197  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate.  
PostScript Driver PCL Driver  
a. Under Job Type, select Proof and Print.  
b. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
c. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
4. Click Print. The document is stored on the hard disk drive, and  
one copy is printed for checking.  
5. After checking the proof, print or delete (if incorrect) the  
remaining copies of the document using the procedures given  
below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 198  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing copies  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the  
document.  
Deleting copies  
If the proof is not ready for printing, the job must be deleted from the  
printer:  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for Oki Storage  
Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 199  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECURE PRINTING  
(PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS)  
Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of  
confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for secure printing to  
operate correctly.  
• Secure printing may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Job Options tab.  
3. Under Job Type, select Secure Print.  
NOTE  
If you have already stored a Secure Print document on the  
hard disk drive and have not yet printed it, click the PIN  
button and enter a new name for the current document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 200  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name , and,  
if required, select Request Job Name for each print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Enter the number of copies and, if required, check the Collate  
box.  
5. Click Print. The document will be stored on the printer’s hard  
disk.  
6. Go to the printer and print out the document using the front panel  
(see below).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 201  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing a confidential document from the front panel  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button.  
The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive.  
Deleting the confidential document before printing it  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for the Oki Storage  
Device Manager software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 202  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STORE TO HARD DISK  
Store to Hard Disk (job spooling) allows print jobs to be prepared and  
stored on the hard disk for printing on demand. This is good for forms,  
generic memos, letterhead stationery, etc.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to  
operate correctly.  
• Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver on  
the General tab, then click the Job Options tab.  
3. Enter the number of required copies and, if required, check the  
Collate box, then select Store to HDD.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
NOTE  
If you’ve already stored a document on the hard disk drive  
and want to store another one, click the PIN button and enter  
a new Job Name.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 203  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
4. Click Print. The document will be stored on the hard disk and can  
then be printed on demand, or deleted, using the procedures  
given below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 204  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To print the stored document  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the document.  
To delete a stored job from the hard disk drive  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored  
document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager. Please  
refer to the On-line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager  
software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 205  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING OVERLAYS  
What are Overlays?  
An Overlay can be a combination of graphics, fonts, or text that is  
stored in the printer's flash memory or on the hard disk (supplied on  
some models, optional on others), and printed whenever required.  
The result is similar to the Watermark feature, but with the ability to  
be much more elaborate.  
Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads, forms,  
or invoices, and should reduce the need for pre-printed stationery.  
An example of using Overlays:  
Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer  
using the Storage Device Manager:  
• the company logo  
• the company address  
• the company mission statement.  
The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your  
document in various combinations, depending on your requirements.  
To create overlays:  
1. Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing  
(e.g. a letterhead) and generate a PRN file (print file) using the  
printer driver.  
2. Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file  
(print file) to a storable file format, and download it to the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 206  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the  
printer, other users only have to switch on the required settings in the  
printer driver to use the overlays.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to  
allow for spooling of the print job before final printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate  
correctly.  
• An overlay may consist of more than one component file.  
Creating documents to use as overlays  
An overlay can be created in any software application that can  
handle logos, letterheads, forms, etc. and can print to a file.  
PCL Driver  
To create a print (PRN) file:  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the "Print To File" option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties…. This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this.  
4. Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like  
your overlay to print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 207  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet. Don't use N-up, duplex,  
finisher options, etc. when creating an overlay. These can be  
added when printing the document that includes the overlay.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click Print.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
PostScript  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties… This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
4. Select the Job Options tab, and click the Overlays… button.  
5. Choose Create Form from the menu.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to print the document to a file.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do  
this.  
Downloading the print file to use as an overlay  
In the previous topic, you created a print (PRN) file on your PC's hard  
disk. This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the  
Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 208  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original  
software CDs that were supplied with your printer.  
1. Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to  
discover (locate) the printer.  
2. Click Project then New Project.  
3. Select Add File to Project from the Project menu, and select the  
PRN file(s) that you created earlier.  
PCL: This automatically generates a BIN file.  
Important!  
At this step, you will see in the project window that the BIN file is  
assigned an ID number. You can change this ID number by  
double-clicking it, and entering a new one in the ID field.  
PostScript: This automatically generates a PostScript hst file. Note  
the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager.  
Names are case sensitive.  
NOTE  
For PCL and PS: this is important because you need to use  
this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer  
driver. Therefore, it is recommended you change the ID  
number or name from the default value and note it for later  
use.  
4. Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower  
window of the Storage Device Manager.  
5. Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to  
Printer.  
This downloads the file to the printer. The Storage Device Manager  
displays "Command Issued" to indicate that the file was  
downloaded successfully.  
6. Close the Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 209  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. RIght click the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Click the Overlay button.  
5. Click the New button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 210  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box, and  
select the pages on which it is to be printed.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printers’ hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
7. Enter or select a form name in the drop-down list under Form  
setting, then click Add.  
NOTE  
The Form Name is a random name of your selection.  
8. Click OK.  
9. If required, continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps  
5 through 8.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 211  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10. Highlight the overlay name(s) under Defined Overlay and click  
Add to add the overlay(s) to the list under Active Overlay (to  
select more than one overlay, hold the CTRL key while clicking  
on each name).  
11. Select Use Overlay from the drop-down list at the top of the  
box, then click OK.  
12. Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 212  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click Printing Preferences.  
3. Click the Job Options tab.  
4. Click the Overlay... button.  
5. To define an overlay, click the Define Overlays button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 213  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printer’s hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
7. Enter the ID of the file in ID Values. Please refer to the  
instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility.  
8. Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on  
Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in  
the document, then click Add  
9. Click Close.  
10.Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the  
Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays.  
11. Select Print Using Active Overlays.  
12. Click OK.  
13. Click OK to close the Printing Preferences dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 214  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING POSTERS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up  
the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on  
separate sheets. Then the separate sheets are combined to produce  
a poster. It is only available with the PCL printer driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, click the OKI C9x00 PCL driver on the  
General tab, then click the Setup tab.  
3. Under Finishing Mode, select Poster Print.  
4. Click Options... and enter the configuration details  
5. Click OK, then click Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 215  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Windows Me/98/95  
Printer Drivers  
See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on  
installing printer drivers.  
You can also go to http://my.okidata.com to view and/or download  
a copy of the Software Installation Guide or for the latest information  
on drivers for your printer.  
WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE?  
Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe®  
PostScript® (PS). You can install either of these, or both if you wish.  
Which driver you choose depends on your application.  
• If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript  
(including “.eps” files) graphics, choose the PCL driver. This will  
be more efficient and give good results.  
• If you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript  
graphics, choose the PostScript driver. In this situation  
performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best  
quality.  
NOTE  
The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript. So if you  
plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript  
driver. Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low  
resolution.  
If neither driver seems to cover all your needs, you should install both  
drivers: select the same printer port (LPT1 or Network Port) for both  
drivers during the installation.  
Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows  
default driver. Most applications allow you to choose a different  
printer from within the print dialog, so you can print using the  
alternative driver whenever you need to.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 216  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
         
EBABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS  
Certain options such as additional memory, the duplexer, or  
additional trays may be installed in your printer.  
Before using the printer, you must enter the printer driver(s) and  
enable the options. You only need to do this once.  
For additional memory  
If you have additional memory in your printer, use these instructions  
to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the  
additional memory:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Options tab.  
4. Under Installed Memory, adjust the amount of memory to be the  
same as that now installed in the printer, as shown in the  
MenuMap (to generate a MenuMap printout, see “Printing the  
MenuMap” on page 33).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 217  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
5. To specify usable printer memory size, click the Memory...  
button. The driver automatically adjusts font cache size according  
to the memory option selected under Installed.  
6. Click OK twice.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 218  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For the internal hard disk drive  
PostScript or PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Options tab, check Printer Hard Disk.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 219  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
For additional paper trays  
PostScript or PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Options tab, select the number of trays installed  
(not including the Multi Purpose tray).  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 220  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
For the duplex unit  
PostScript or PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Options tab, check Duplex Option Unit.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 221  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED, SIZE AND  
MEDIA IN THE DRIVER  
The normal default for these items is automatic detection.  
NOTE  
If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from  
those you set in the printer driver, the printer will not print  
and the LCD will display an error message.  
The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only.  
Some software applications require the paper feed, size and media  
settings to be selected from within the software (under Page Setup).  
PostScript and PCL drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Setup tab.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Select the required paper size under Size.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 222  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5. Select the required paper feed under Source.  
NOTE  
If a paper tray is selected the Type or Weight field becomes  
visible.  
6. Select the required paper type under Type (PostScript) or  
Weight (PCL).  
NOTE  
If Printer Setting is selected, make sure the printer has been  
set to the correct media type.  
7. Click Paper Feed Options and make any other selections then  
click OK.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
8. Click OK to close the printer dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 223  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network Printer Status utility  
• Available on TCP/IP network connection only.  
The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator  
has installed it. If the utility is installed, you will see the following  
changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box:  
• a new Status tab is added  
• an Option button is added to the Device Option tab.  
This utility allows you to view (but not change) the status of the  
following on the Status tab:  
• paper trays installed and the media assigned to them.  
• total size and percentage used of disk/memory.  
• percentage of toner remaining.  
Important!  
If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab, the  
driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status  
information every time you open the Properties dialog box. This  
causes a significant delay until the Properties box opens. To  
avoid this, use the Update Status button in the Status tab to  
manually update the information on demand.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows Me/98/95 Printer Drivers • 224  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Windows Me/98/95  
Operation  
This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the  
printer’s features including:  
• N-up printing (see page 243)  
• Custom page sizes (see page 245)  
• Selecting print resolution (see page 249)  
• Duplex printing (see page 250)  
• Watermarks (see page 254)  
• Collating (see page 258)  
• Font substitution (see page 259)  
• Proof and Print (see page 260)  
• Secure print: printing confidential documents (see page 264)  
• Storing files to the hard disk drive (see page 267)  
• Using overlays (see page 270)  
Printing posters (see page 279)  
NOTE  
Most applications allow the printer properties to be  
accessed from within the document print dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 225  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING  
The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer  
provide several controls for changing the color output. For general  
use the default driver settings produce good results for most  
documents.  
Many applications have their own color settings, and these may  
override the settings in the printer driver. Please refer to the  
documentation for your software application for details on how that  
particular program’s color management functions.  
If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver,  
please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic, and there  
are many factors to take into consideration. Some of the most  
important factors are listed below.  
Differences between the range of colors  
a monitor or printer can reproduce  
• Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full  
range of colors visible to the human eye. Each device is restricted  
to a certain range of colors. In addition to this, a printer cannot  
reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor, and vice versa.  
• Both devices use very different technologies to represent color. A  
monitor uses Red, Green and Blue (RGB) phosphors (or LCDs), a  
printer uses Cyan, Yellow, Magenta and Black (CMYK) toner or  
ink.  
• A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and  
blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using  
toner or ink. Similarly, there are certain colors, (some yellows for  
example), that can be printed, but cannot be displayed accurately  
on a monitor. This disparity between monitors and printers is often  
the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors  
displayed on screen.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 226  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Viewing conditions  
A document can look very different under various lighting conditions.  
For example, the colors may look different when viewed standing  
next to a sunlit window, compared to how they look under standard  
office fluorescent lighting.  
Printer driver color settings  
The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a  
document. There are several options available to help match the  
printed colors with those displayed on screen. These options are  
explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual.  
Monitor settings  
The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change  
how your document looks on-screen. Additionally, your monitor color  
temperature influences how "warm" or "cool" the colors look.  
NOTE  
Several of the Color Matching options make reference to  
your monitor’s Color Temperature. Many modern monitors  
allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the  
monitor’s control panel.  
There are several settings found on a typical monitor:  
• 5000k*  
Warmest; yellowish lighting, typically used in graphics arts  
environments.  
• 6500k  
Cooler; approximates daylight conditions.  
• 9300k  
Cool; the default setting for many monitors and television sets.  
*k = degrees Kelvin, a measurement of temperature  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 227  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How your software application displays color  
Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW® or Adobe®  
Photoshop® may display color differently from "office" applications  
such as Microsoft® Word. Please see your application’s online help  
or user manual for more information.  
Paper type  
The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color.  
For example, a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one  
on specially formulated glossy paper.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 228  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD  
There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document  
displayed on your monitor, and it's printed equivalent. There are  
many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color.  
However, the following guidelines may help in achieving good color  
output from your printer. There are several suggested methods,  
depending on the type of document you are printing.  
NOTE  
These suggestions are for guidance only. Your results may  
vary depending on the application from which you are  
printing. Some applications will override any color matching  
settings in the printer driver without warning.  
RGB or CMYK?  
The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes  
distinctions between Red, Green, Blue (RGB) and Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow, Black (CMYK).  
Generally, most documents you print will be in RGB format. This is  
the most common, and, if you do not know your document’s color  
mode, assume that it is RGB.  
Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional  
Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications.  
Matching Photographic Images  
RGB only  
Oki Color Matching (see page 236) is generally a good choice. Select  
a matching method appropriate to your monitor.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 229  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
RGB or CMYK  
If you are printing photographic images from a graphics application  
such as Adobe Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to  
simulate the printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use  
the ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 241), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print Space  
(or Output space).  
Matching Specific Colors (e.g., a Company logo)  
RGB only  
• Oki Color Matching (see page 236), and the sRGB setting: PCL or  
PS driver.  
• PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option  
(see page 239).  
• Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches  
and enter your desired RGB values in your application's color  
picker—PS only (see page 234).  
RGB or CMYK  
• If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe  
Photoshop, you may be able to use Soft-Proofing to simulate the  
printed image on your monitor. To do this, you can use the  
ICC-Profiles provided by Oki (see “Windows ICM color matching”  
on page 241), and then print using the ICC profiles as the Print  
Space (or Output space) (PS only).  
• Alternatively, use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute  
Colorimetric setting (see page 239).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 230  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing Vivid Colors  
RGB only  
• Use Oki Color Matching (see page 236), with the Monitor 6500k  
Vivid, sRGB or Digital Camera settings (PCL or PS).  
RGB or CMYK  
• Use PostScript Color Matching (see page 239) with the Saturation  
option.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 231  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLOR MATCHING: PCL DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help  
match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor.  
NOTE  
The PCL driver’s color options are only designed to work  
with RGB data.  
If you are printing CMYK data, we recommend you use the  
PostScript driver.  
To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the appropriate printer name and click File, then  
Properties.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 232  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Click Manual Color under Color Mode, then click Natural  
under Color Setting.  
4. Select the method you wish to use:  
Monitor (6500K) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K.  
Monitor (6500K) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics.  
Monitor (9300K)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 9300K.  
Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera.  
This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors. For  
some photographs, other settings may be better depending on the  
subjects and the conditions under which they were taken.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 233  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company logo  
color. The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed  
without any modification, and only colors that fall outside the  
printable colors are modified.  
5. Set any other required parameters using the on-line Help for  
guidance.  
6. When you are done, click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
The Print Color Swatch Utility  
For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB  
values for colors.  
The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors. Listed  
below each color are the corresponding RGB (Red, Green, Blue)  
values to use in your application to match that printed color.  
An example of using the Print Color Swatch function:  
You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red. The steps you  
would follow are:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File, then Properties.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Click Color Swatch to print the color swatch samples.  
5. Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a  
note of the RGB value below that particular shade.  
6. Using your program’s color picker, enter these same RGB values  
(from step 5), and change the logo to that color.  
NOTE  
The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not  
necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch. If  
this is the case, it is probably due to the difference between  
how your monitor and printer reproduce color.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 234  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
COLOR MATCHING: POSTSCRIPT DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling  
the color output of the printer.  
Some of the color matching options only work on certain types of  
data. The table below summarizes the various color-matching  
options available in the PostScript driver, and what types of data they  
affect.  
Color Matching Option RGB data  
CMYK data  
Oki Color Matching  
Yes  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
PostScript Color Matching  
Windows ICM Matchinga  
Using ICC Profiles  
Yes  
No  
a. Not Windows NT 4.0  
To manually set the color matching options in the PostScript  
driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File J Properties.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 235  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Select the method to use from the Color Control drop-down list  
box under Color Mode:  
a. Color Control = OKI Color Matching  
This is OKI’s proprietary color matching system, and affects  
RGB data only.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 236  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Select the type to be used from the drop-down list box under  
Color Setting :  
• Monitor (6500K) Auto  
Optimized for printing general documents when using a  
monitor with a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500K) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500K) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics and  
text.  
• Monitor (9300K)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K..  
• Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital  
camera. This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter  
colors. For some photographs, other settings may be better  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 237  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
depending on the subjects and the conditions under which  
they were taken.  
• sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company  
logo color.  
The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed without  
any modification, and only colors that fall outside the printable  
colors are modified.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 238  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
b. Color Control = PostScript Color Matching  
This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built-in to  
the printer, and affects both RGB and CMYK data.  
Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent  
drop-down list box.  
• Rendering Intents  
When a document is printed, a conversion takes place from  
the document's color space to the printer color space. The  
rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine  
how this color conversion takes place.  
The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are  
listed below:  
– Auto  
Best choice for printing general documents.  
– Perceptual  
Best choice for printing photographs. Compresses the  
source gamut into the printer's gamut whilst maintaining the  
overall appearance of an image. This may change the  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 239  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
overall appearance of an image as all the colors are shifted  
together.  
– Saturation  
Best choice for printing bright & saturated colors if you don't  
necessarily care how accurate the colors are. This makes  
it the recommended choice for graphs, charts, diagrams  
etc. Maps fully saturated colors in the source gamut to fully  
saturated colors in the printer's gamut.  
– Relative Colorimetric  
Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer.  
Much like Absolute Colorimetric, except that it scales the  
source white to the (usually) paper white; i.e. unlike  
Absolute Colorimetric, this attempts to take the paper white  
into account.  
– Absolute Colorimetric  
Best for printing solid colors and tints, such as Company  
logos etc. Matches colors common to both devices exactly,  
and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed  
equivalent. Tries to print white as it appears on screen. The  
white of a monitor is often very different from paper white,  
so this may result in color casts, especially in the lighter  
areas of an image.  
c. Color Control = Windows ICM  
This is the color management system built into Windows. See  
“Windows ICM color matching” on page 241.  
d. Color Control = Using ICC Profiles  
This option provides a method of matching RGB colors similar  
to Windows ICM matching. See “OKI “Using ICC Profiles”  
feature” on page 242.  
e. Color Control = No Color Matching  
Use this option to switch off all printer color matching.  
f. Color Control = Print in greyscale  
This option prints all documents as monochrome.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 240  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
WINDOWS ICM COLOR MATCHING  
• ICM is the color management system built into Windows.  
• Affects RGB data only.  
• Can be associated with either the PCL or PS driver  
Windows ICM uses ICC profiles for your monitor and printer; these  
profiles describe the colors that your device is capable of  
reproducing. ICC profiles can be associated with your printer via the  
Color Management tab of the printer driver.  
Depending on how you have installed the printer driver, the color  
profiles may already be associated with the driver.  
To associate ICC Color Profiles with the printer driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File, then Properties.  
3. Click the Color Management tab.  
4. Under “Color Profiles currently associated with this printer”,  
you should see the names of profiles that match your printer  
model. If you do not see any profiles associated with the driver,  
click “Add…” and locate the ICC profiles for your printer.  
Windows ICM uses the information in these profiles to convert colors  
in your documents to colors that the printer can reproduce. The way  
in which this conversion is performed can be controlled via the ICM  
Intent control in the printer driver  
NOTE  
Oki also provides an alternative to Windows ICM with the  
Color Match “Using ICC Profiles” feature. This is similar to  
Windows ICM, but offers several additional features.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 241  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
OKI “USING ICC PROFILES” FEATURE  
• Affects RGB data only.  
This provides a method of matching RGB colors similar to Windows  
ICM matching. The main advantage it has over Windows ICM color  
matching is that it provides a method of printing using both input and  
output profiles. Windows ICM matching only allows output profiles to  
be chosen.  
Input Profiles (e.g., a digital camera) provide information about the  
color in the original device that was used to capture or display the  
image data. For example, an input device could be a scanner, digital  
camera, or monitor.  
Output Profiles (e.g., the C9300 printer) provide information about  
the device to which you are printing.  
The Using ICC Profiles feature uses both the input and output  
profiles to generate a CRD (Color Rendering Dictionary), which is  
used to match the colors as closely as possible.  
NOTE  
This feature may not work for all application programs.  
However, many professional graphics applications offer a  
similar feature in their print settings, with the ability to  
choose a source (input) color space, and a print (output)  
color space  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 242  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET  
(N-UP PRINTING)  
N-Up printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PS driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under N-up, select the required number of  
pages per sheet.  
4. Click the Unprintable Area button and set the margin  
parameters, then click OK.  
5. Click OK, then print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 243  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
N-Up printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver, then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s  
equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select the required  
number of pages per sheet.  
4. Click Options and select the page borders and layout, then click  
OK.  
5. Click OK, then print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 244  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES  
Custom page sizes can only be printed from the multi purpose tray.  
The printer media size for the multi purpose tray must be manually  
set in the driver to the custom paper size before use (range 3½ to 8½  
inches [89 to 216 mm] wide x 5 to 14 inches [127 to 356 mm] long).  
Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver  
NOTE  
A maximum of three custom paper sizes can be defined in  
the PostScript driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PS driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. Click the Setup tab, then select Custom Page 1, Custom Page  
2 or Custom Page 3 in the Size drop-down list under Media.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 245  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Click the Custom Size button.  
5. Type in the name you wish to use for the custom paper size in the  
Paper name box. Enter the width and length for the custom  
paper and select Transverse if you wish to rotate the image by  
90 degrees.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Check that the name of the custom paper size appears in the  
Size box.  
8. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
9. Print the document  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 246  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing custom pages using the PCL driver  
NOTE  
Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver, then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s  
equivalent).  
3. Click the Setup tab, then select User Defined, in the Size. box  
under Media.  
The Set Free Size dialog box appears.  
NOTE  
You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict. If  
you do, click OK and the driver will automatically make the  
needed changes to correct for the conflict.  
4. Select the unit, then enter the Width and Length measurements  
and click OK. User Defined Size should appear in the Size box  
on the Setup tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 247  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE  
To save the setting for future use:  
• Click Paper Feed Options, then click Custom Size.  
• Enter the relevant information in Width and Height and  
give your document size a name under Name.  
• Click Add.  
• Click OK twice.  
The new Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the  
Paper Size list.  
5. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box  
6. Print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 248  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs (default settings):  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
1. Click the Job Options tab.  
2. Select the required printing resolution under Quality..  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
3. Select Toner Saving if appropriate.  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 249  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DUPLEX PRINTING  
(PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER)  
NOTE  
The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and  
enabled before duplex printing can be carried out.  
• Standard paper sizes only.  
²
• Paper weight range 20 to 28 lb. US Bond (75 to 105 g/m ).  
• Paper must be loaded print side up.  
• Only Tray 1, optional Trays 2 and 3, and the High Capacity  
Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing. The MP tray cannot  
be used for duplex printing.  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs:  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
To print a document on both sides of the paper:  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 250  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
1. On the Setup tab, from 2-sided Printing select Long Edge  
binding or Short Edge binding.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
2. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 251  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING BOOKLETS:  
PCL ONLY, WINDOWS Me ONLY  
NOTES  
• Available only in the Windows Me Operating System (not  
available for Windows 98 or 95).  
• Available in the PCL printer driver only (but not on some  
network connections: see the Help file).  
• Some software applications may not support booklet  
printing.  
• The right-to-left setting allows a booklet to be printed for  
right to left reading, which is used in some languages.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver, then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s  
equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 252  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select Booklet in the  
drop-down box.  
4. Click Options and set Signature, 2Pages, Right to Left and  
Bind Margin as required, then click OK.  
5. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 253  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING WATERMARKS  
Printing watermarks using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PS driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. Click the name of the watermark you wish to use in the Select a  
watermark list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 254  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
NOTE  
To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark:  
• Click the New or Edit button.  
• Enter the text for the watermark and select the font, size,  
angle, etc., to be used.  
• Click OK.  
4. Select your choices as to how the watermark will print under Print  
watermark.  
5. Click OK twice and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 255  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing watermarks using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver, then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s  
equivalent).  
3. Click the Job Options tab, then click Watermark.  
The Watermark dialog box appears.  
4. Select a name from the Watermark list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 256  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE  
To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark:  
• Click the New or Edit button.  
• Enter the text for the watermark and select the font, size,  
angle, etc., to be used.  
• Click OK.  
5. If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the  
document, select First Page only.  
6. Click OK twice and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 257  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLLATING  
Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed.  
However, printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater  
performance.  
Important  
If your software application has a collate option, use it instead of  
the collate option in the printer driver.  
The following instructions explain how to select collating using the  
printer driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. Click the Job Options tab: under Job Type, enter the number of  
copies required and—only if the application has no collate  
option—select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 258  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
FONT SUBSTITUTION: POSTSCRIPT ONLY  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printer.  
2. Right click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PS driver, then click  
Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. Click the Fonts tab, and select the type of font substitution from  
the various options given (use the on-line Help screen for  
information).  
4. Click OK to engage the new settings and close the Properties  
dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 259  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PROOF AND PRINT  
Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for  
checking before printing multiple copies of the same document.  
NOTES  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled, to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, it must be turned OFF for proof and print to  
operate correctly.  
• Proof and print may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 260  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Click the Job Options tab, enter the number of copies and, if  
required, select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
a. Under Job Type, select Proof and Print.  
b. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 261  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
c. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
5. Print the document. The document is stored on the hard disk  
drive, and one copy is printed for checking.  
6. After checking the proof, you then print or delete (if incorrect) the  
remaining copies of the document using the procedures given  
below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 262  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing copies  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the  
document.  
Deleting copies  
If the proof is not ready for printing, the job must be deleted from the  
printer:  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for Oki Storage  
Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 263  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECURE PRINTING  
(PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS)  
Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of  
confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for secure printing to  
operate correctly.  
• Secure printing may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 264  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. On the Job Options tab, enter the number of copies and, if  
required, check the Collate box.  
a. Under Job Type select Secure Print.  
b. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name , and,  
if required, select Request Job Name for each print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
5. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
6. Print the document. The document will be stored on the printer’s  
hard disk.  
7. Go to the printer and print out the document using the front panel  
(see below).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 265  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing a confidential document from the front panel  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button.  
The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive.  
Deleting the confidential document before printing it  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for the Oki Storage  
Device Manager software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 266  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STORE TO HARD DISK  
Store to hard disk (job spooling) allows print jobs to be temporarily  
stored on the hard disk before printing.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for store to hard disk to  
operate correctly.  
• Store to hard disk may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. Click the Job Options tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 267  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. On the Job Options tab.  
a. Under Job Type select Store to HDD, enter the number of  
required copies and, if required, check the Collate box.  
b. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job..  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
5. Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK..  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Print the document. It will be stored on the hard disk.  
8. The document can then be printed or deleted using the  
procedures given below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 268  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing copies  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the document.  
Deleting the stored job from the hard disk drive  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored  
document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager. Please  
refer to the On-line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager  
software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 269  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING OVERLAYS  
What are Overlays?  
An Overlay can be a combination of graphics, fonts, or text that is  
stored in the printer's flash memory or on the hard disk (supplied on  
some models, optional on others), and printed whenever required.  
The result is similar to the Watermark feature, but with the ability to  
be much more elaborate.  
Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads, forms,  
or invoices, and should reduce the need for pre-printed stationery.  
An example of using Overlays:  
Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer  
using the Storage Device Manager:  
• the company logo  
• the company address  
• the company mission statement.  
The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your  
document in various combinations, depending on your requirements.  
To create overlays:  
1. Create the document that you wish to use for Overlay printing  
(e.g. a letterhead) and generate a PRN file (print file) using the  
printer driver.  
2. Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file  
(print file) to a storable file format, and download it to the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 270  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the  
printer, other users only have to switch on the required settings in the  
printer driver to use the overlays.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to  
allow for spooling of the print job before final printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate  
correctly.  
• An overlay may consist of more than one component file.  
Creating documents to use as overlays  
An overlay can be created in any software application that can  
handle logos, letterheads, forms, etc. and can print to a file.  
PCL Driver  
To create a print (PRN) file:  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the "Print To File" option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties…. This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this.  
4. Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like  
your overlay to print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 271  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet. Don't use N-up, duplex,  
finisher options, etc. when creating an overlay. These can be  
added when printing the document that includes the overlay.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click Print.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
PostScript  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties… This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
4. Select the Job Options tab, and click the Overlays… button.  
5. Choose Create Form from the menu.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to print the document to a file.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do  
this.  
Downloading the print file to use as an overlay  
In the previous topic, you created a print (PRN) file on your PC's hard  
disk. This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the  
Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 272  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original  
software CDs that were supplied with your printer.  
1. Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to  
discover (locate) the printer.  
2. Click Project then New Project.  
3. Select Add File to Project from the Project menu, and select the  
PRN file(s) that you created earlier.  
PCL: This automatically generates a BIN file.  
Important!  
At this step, you will see in the project window that the BIN file is  
assigned an ID number. You can change this ID number by  
double-clicking it, and entering a new one in the ID field.  
PostScript: This automatically generates a PostScript hst file. Note  
the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager.  
Names are case sensitive.  
NOTE  
For PCL and PS: this is important because you need to use  
this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer  
driver. Therefore, it is recommended you change the ID  
number or name from the default value and note it for later  
use.  
4. Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower  
window of the Storage Device Manager.  
5. Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to  
Printer.  
This downloads the file to the printer. The Storage Device Manager  
displays "Command Issued" to indicate that the file was  
downloaded successfully.  
6. Close the Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 273  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Job Options tab, then click the Overlay button..  
4. Click the New button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 274  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box, and  
select the pages on which it is to be printed.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printers’ hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
6. Enter or select a form name in the drop-down box under Form  
setting, then click Add..  
NOTE  
The Form Name is a random name of your selection.  
7. Click OK.  
8. If required, continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps  
4 through 7.  
9. Highlight the overlay name(s) under Defined Overlay and click  
Add to add the overlay(s) to the list under Active Overlay (to  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 275  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
select more than one overlay, hold the CTRL key while clicking  
on each name)..  
10. Select Use Overlay from the drop-down list, then click OK.  
11. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box..  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 276  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Job Options tab, then click the Overlay... button.  
4. To define an overlay, click the Define Overlays button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 277  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printer’s hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
6. Enter the ID of the file in ID Values. Please refer to the  
instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility.  
7. Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on  
Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in  
the document, then click Add  
8. Click Close.  
9. Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the  
Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays.  
10. Select Print Using Active Overlays.  
11. Click OK.  
12. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 278  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING POSTERS: PCL ONLY  
This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up  
the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on  
separate sheets. Then the separate sheets are combined to produce  
a poster. It is only available with the PCL printer driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the print dialog box, click the appropriate OKI C9x00 PCL  
driver, then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s  
equivalent).  
3. Click the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select Poster Print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 279  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Click Options... and enter the configuration details  
5. Click OK twice.  
6. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 280  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows NT 4.0  
Printer Drivers  
See your printed Software Installation Guide for information on  
installing printer drivers.  
You can also go to http://my.okidata.com to view and/or download  
a copy of the Software Installation Guide or for the latest information  
on drivers for your printer.  
WHICH PRINTER DRIVER TO USE?  
Your printer comes with Windows drivers for PCL and Adobe®  
PostScript® (PS). You can install either of these, or both if you wish.  
Which driver you choose depends on your application.  
• If you use TrueType fonts and you do not print PostScript  
(including “.eps” files) graphics, choose the PCL driver. This will  
be more efficient and give good results.  
• If you use PostScript fonts or you will be printing PostScript  
graphics, choose the PostScript driver. In this situation  
performance will be faster and graphics will be printed at their best  
quality  
NOTE  
The line art graphics in this manual are PostScript. So if you  
plan to print parts of this manual choose the PostScript  
driver. Otherwise the line art graphics will only print at low  
resolution.  
If neither driver seems to cover all your needs, you should install both  
drivers: select the same printer port (LPT1 or Network Port) for both  
drivers during the installation.  
Set the driver you plan to use most of the time to be your Windows  
default driver. Most applications allow you to choose a different  
printer from within the print dialog, so you can print using the  
alternative driver whenever you need to.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 281  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
       
ENABLING INSTALLED OPTIONS IN THE DRIVERS  
Certain options such as additional memory, the duplexer, or  
additional trays may be installed in your printer.  
Before using the printer, you must enter the printer driver(s) and  
enable the options. You only need to do this once.  
For additional memory: PostScript driver only  
If you have additional memory in your printer, use these instructions  
to update the Windows PostScript driver so that it recognizes the  
additional memory:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, click Memory Configuration, then  
select the memory in the Change ‘Memory Configuration’  
Setting list which matches what is now installed in the printer, as  
shown in the MenuMap (to generate a MenuMap printout, see  
“Printing the MenuMap” on page 33)  
5. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 282  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
For the internal hard disk drive  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab.  
4. Under Installable Options, make sure Hard Disk is set to  
Installed.  
5. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 283  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, click Printer Hard Disk.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 284  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For additional paper trays  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, click  
Available Trays, then select the appropriate number of trays (not  
including the Multi-purpose tray) from the Change ‘Available  
Tray’ Setting list.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 285  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, select the appropriate number of trays  
(not including the Multi-purpose tray).  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 286  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
For the duplex unit  
PostScript driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. Click the Device Settings tab. Under Installable Options, make  
sure that Duplex is set to Installed.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 287  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PCL driver  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click File then Properties.  
3. On the Device Option tab, click Duplex Option Unit.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 288  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING DEFAULTS FOR PAPER FEED, SIZE AND  
MEDIA IN THE DRIVER  
The normal default for these items is automatic detection.  
NOTE  
If the defaults set manually in the printer menu differ from  
those you set in the printer driver, the printer will not print  
and the LCD will display an error message.  
The following printer driver instructions are given as a guide only.  
Some software applications require the paper feed, size and media  
settings to be selected from within the software (under Page Setup).  
PostScript drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
Important!  
If you will be using heavy media, transparencies, envelopes or  
labels, make sure you open the rear exit before printing.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 289  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. On the Advanced tab, under Document Options J Paper/  
Output:  
a. Click Paper Source and select the paper feed in the Change  
‘Paper Source’ Setting list.  
b. Click Paper Size and select the size in the Change ‘Paper  
Size’ Setting list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 290  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
c. Click Media Type and select the media from the Change  
‘Media Type’ Setting list.  
4. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 291  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PCL drivers  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
3. On the Setup tab, under Media, select the required paper size in  
the Size drop-down list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 292  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Select the required paper feed under Source.  
NOTE  
If a paper tray is selected the Weight field becomes visible.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 293  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Select the required paper type under Weight.  
NOTE  
• If Printer Setting is selected, make sure the printer has  
been set to the correct media type.  
• If a Warning dialog box appears indicating a setting  
conflict, click OK and the driver will automatically  
change to correct the problem.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 294  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Click the Paper Feed Options button and make any other  
selections then click OK.  
7. Click OK twice and close the Default dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 295  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Network Printer Status utility  
• Available on TCP/IP network connection only.  
The Network Printer Status utility is available if your administrator  
has installed it. If the utility is installed, you will see the following  
changes to the printer driver Properties dialog box:  
• a new Status tab is added.  
• an Option button is added to the Device Option tab.  
This utility allows you to view (but not change) the status of the  
following on the Status tab:  
• paper trays installed and the media assigned to them.  
• total size and percentage used of disk/memory.  
• percentage of toner remaining.  
Important!  
If you select Automatic Status Update in the Status tab, the  
driver will automatically ping the printer for the latest status  
information every time you open the Properties dialog box. This  
causes a significant delay until the Properties dialog box opens.  
To avoid this, use the Update Status button in the Status tab to  
manually update the information on demand.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Windows NT 4.0 Printer Drivers • 296  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Windows NT 4.0  
Operation  
This section explains how to set up color printing and how to use the  
printer’s features including:  
• N-up printing (see page 310)  
• Custom page sizes (see page 312)  
• Selecting print resolution (see page 318)  
• Duplex printing—printing on both sides of the paper (see  
page 319)  
• Watermarks (see page 324)  
• Collating (see page 326)  
• Proof and Print (see page 327)  
• Secure print: printing confidential documents (see page 330)  
• Storing files to the hard disk drive (see page 333)  
• Using overlays (see page 336)  
• Printing posters (see page 345)  
NOTE  
Most applications allow the printer properties to be  
accessed from within the document print dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 297  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
FACTORS THAT AFFECT COLOR PRINTING  
The PCL and PostScript printer drivers supplied with your printer  
provide several controls for changing the color output. For general  
use the default driver settings produce good results for most  
documents.  
Many applications have their own color settings, and these may  
override the settings in the printer driver. Please refer to the  
documentation for your software application for details on how that  
particular program’s color management functions.  
If you wish to manually adjust the color settings in your printer driver,  
please be aware that color reproduction is a complex topic, and there  
are many factors to take into consideration. Some of the most  
important factors are listed below.  
Differences between the range of colors  
a monitor or printer can reproduce  
• Neither a printer nor a monitor is capable of reproducing the full  
range of colors visible to the human eye. Each device is restricted  
to a certain range of colors. In addition to this, a printer cannot  
reproduce all of the colors displayed on a monitor, and vice versa.  
• Both devices use very different technologies to represent color. A  
monitor uses Red, Green and Blue (RGB) phosphors (or LCDs), a  
printer uses Cyan, Yellow, Magenta and Black (CMYK) toner or  
ink.  
• A monitor can display very vivid colors such as intense reds and  
blues and these cannot be easily produced on any printer using  
toner or ink. Similarly, there are certain colors, (some yellows for  
example), that can be printed, but cannot be displayed accurately  
on a monitor. This disparity between monitors and printers is often  
the main reason that printed colors do not match the colors  
displayed on screen.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 298  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Viewing conditions  
A document can look very different under various lighting conditions.  
For example, the colors may look different when viewed standing  
next to a sunlit window, compared to how they look under standard  
office fluorescent lighting.  
Printer driver color settings  
The driver settings for Manual color can change the appearance of a  
document. There are several options available to help match the  
printed colors with those displayed on screen. These options are  
explained in subsequent sections of this User Manual.  
Monitor settings  
The brightness and contrast controls on your monitor can change  
how your document looks on-screen. Additionally, your monitor color  
temperature influences how "warm" or "cool" the colors look.  
NOTE  
Several of the Color Matching options make reference to  
your monitor’s Color Temperature. Many modern monitors  
allow the color temperature to be adjusted using the  
monitor’s control panel.  
There are several settings found on a typical monitor:  
• 5000k*  
Warmest; yellowish lighting, typically used in graphics arts  
environments.  
• 6500k  
Cooler; approximates daylight conditions.  
• 9300k  
Cool; the default setting for many monitors and television sets.  
*k = degrees Kelvin, a measurement of temperature  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 299  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How your software application displays color  
Some graphics applications such as CorelDRAW® or Adobe®  
Photoshop® may display color differently from "office" applications  
such as Microsoft® Word. Please see your application’s online help  
or user manual for more information.  
Paper type  
The type of paper used can also significantly affect the printed color.  
For example, a printout on recycled paper can look duller than one  
on specially formulated glossy paper.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 300  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHOOSING A COLOR MATCHING METHOD  
There is no one way to achieve a good match between the document  
displayed on your monitor, and its printed equivalent. There are  
many factors involved in achieving accurate and reproducible color.  
However, the following guidelines may help in achieving good color  
output from your printer. There are several suggested methods,  
depending on the type of document you are printing.  
NOTE  
These suggestions are for guidance only. Your results may  
vary depending on the application from which you are  
printing. Some applications will override any color matching  
settings in the printer driver without warning.  
RGB or CMYK?  
The guidelines for choosing a color matching method makes  
distinctions between Red, Green, Blue (RGB) and Cyan, Magenta,  
Yellow, Black (CMYK).  
Generally, most documents you print will be in RGB format. This is  
the most common, and, if you do not know your document’s color  
mode, assume that it is RGB.  
Typically CMYK documents are only supported in professional  
Desktop Publishing and Graphics applications.  
Matching Photographic Images  
RGB only  
Oki Color Matching (see page 306) is a generally a good choice.  
Select a matching method appropriate to your monitor.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 301  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Matching Specific Colors (e.g., a Company logo)  
RGB only  
• Oki Color Matching (see page 306), and the sRGB setting: PCL or  
PS driver.  
• PostScript Color Matching using the Absolute Colorimetric option  
(see page 308).  
• Use the Color Swatch Utility to print out a chart of RGB swatches  
and enter your desired RGB values in your application's color  
picker—PS only (see page 305).  
RGB or CMYK  
• If you are printing from a graphics application such as Adobe  
Photoshop, use PostScript Color Matching with the Absolute  
Colorimetric setting (see page 308).  
Printing Vivid Colors  
RGB only  
• Use Oki Color Matching (see page 306), with the Monitor 6500k  
Vivid, sRGB or Digital Camera settings (PCL or PS).  
RGB or CMYK  
• Use PostScript Color Matching (see page 308) with the Saturation  
option.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 302  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLOR MATCHING: PCL DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The Color Matching options in the PCL driver can be used to help  
match your printed colors to the ones displayed on your monitor.  
NOTE  
The PCL driver’s color options are only designed to work  
with RGB data.  
If you are printing CMYK data, we recommend you use the  
PostScript driver.  
To manually set the color matching options in the PCL driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the appropriate printer name and click Document  
Defaults.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 303  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Click Manual Color under Color Mode, then click Natural  
under Color Setting.  
4. Select the method you wish to use:  
Monitor (6500K) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K.  
Monitor (6500K) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics.  
Monitor (9300K)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with a  
color temperature of 9300K.  
Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital camera.  
This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter colors. For  
some photographs, other settings may be better depending on the  
subjects and the conditions under which they were taken.  
sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company logo  
color. The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 304  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
without any modification, and only colors that fall outside the  
printable colors are modified.  
5. Set any other required parameters using the on-line Help for  
guidance.  
6. When you are done, click OK and close the Default dialog box.  
The Print Color Swatch Utility  
For use with applications which allow you to set your own RGB  
values for colors.  
The Color Swatch utility prints out charts of sample colors. Listed  
below each color are the corresponding RGB (Red, Green, Blue)  
values to use in your application to match that printed color.  
An example of using the Print Color Swatch function:  
You wish to print a logo in a particular shade of red. The steps you  
would follow are:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Click the Color Swatch button to print the color swatch samples.  
5. Select the shade of red that best suits your needs and make a  
note of the RGB value below that particular shade.  
6. Using your program’s color picker, enter these same RGB values  
(from step 5), and change the logo to that color.  
NOTE  
The RGB color displayed on your monitor may not  
necessarily match what was printed on the color swatch. If  
this is the case, it is probably due to the difference between  
how your monitor and printer reproduce color.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 305  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
COLOR MATCHING: POSTSCRIPT DRIVER  
Color Matching Options  
The PostScript driver offers several different methods of controlling  
the color output of the printer.  
To manually set the color matching options in the  
PostScript driver:  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
3. Click the Color tab.  
4. Select the method to use from the Color Control Method  
drop-down list under Color Mode:  
a. Color Control = OKI Color Matching  
This is OKI’s proprietary color matching system, and affects  
RGB data only.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 306  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Select the type to be used from the drop-down list under Color  
Setting :  
• Monitor (6500K) Perceptual  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Monitor (6500K) Vivid  
Optimized for printing bright colors when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K. Ideal for office graphics and  
text.  
• Monitor (9300K)  
Optimized for printing photographs when using a monitor with  
a color temperature of 6500K.  
• Digital Camera  
Optimized for printing photographs taken with a digital  
camera. This tends to produce prints with lighter and brighter  
colors. For some photographs, other settings may be better  
depending on the subjects and the conditions under which  
they were taken.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 307  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• sRGB  
Optimized for matching specific colors, such as a company  
logo color.  
The colors within the printer's color gamut are printed without  
any modification, and only colors that fall outside the printable  
colors are modified.  
b. Color Control = PostScript Color Matching  
This uses PostScript Color Rendering Dictionaries built into the  
printer, and affects both RGB and CMYK data.  
Select the rendering type from the Rendering Intent  
drop-down list.  
• Rendering Intents  
When a document is printed, a conversion takes place from  
the document's color space to the printer color space. The  
rendering intents are essentially a set of rules that determine  
how this color conversion takes place.  
The rendering intents that the printer driver provides are  
listed below:  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 308  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
– Auto  
Best choice for printing general documents.  
– Perceptual  
Best choice for printing photographs. Compresses the  
source gamut into the printer's gamut while maintaining the  
overall appearance of an image.  
– Saturation  
Best choice for printing bright and saturated colors if you  
don't necessarily care how accurate the colors are. This  
makes it the recommended choice for graphs, charts,  
diagrams etc. Maps fully saturated colors in the source  
gamut to fully saturated colors in the printer's gamut.  
– Relative Colorimetric  
Good for proofing CMYK color images on a desktop printer.  
Much like Absolute Colorimetric, except that it scales the  
source white to the (usually) paper white; i.e. unlike  
Absolute Colorimetric, this attempts to take the paper white  
into account.  
– Absolute Colorimetric  
Best for printing solid colors and tints, such as Company  
logos etc. Matches colors common to both devices exactly,  
and clips the out of gamut colors to their nearest printed  
equivalent. Tries to print white as it appears on screen. The  
white of a monitor is often very different from paper white,  
so this may result in color casts, especially in the lighter  
areas of an image.  
c. Color Control = No Color Matching  
Use this option to switch off all printer color matching.  
d. Color Control = Print in Grayscale  
This option prints all documents as monochrome.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 309  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING MULTIPLE PAGES ON ONE SHEET  
(N-UP PRINTING)  
N-Up printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PS driver, then click  
Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Advanced tab, under Document Options J Layout,  
click N-UP, then select the number of pages per sheet in the  
Change ‘N-UP’ Setting list.  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 310  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
N-Up printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PCL driver, then  
click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select the number of  
pages per sheet.  
4. Click the Options button and select the Page Borders, Page  
Layout and Bind Margin, then click OK.  
5. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 311  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING CUSTOM PAGE SIZES  
Custom page sizes can only be printed from the Multi-purpose tray.  
The printer media size for the Multi-purpose tray must be manually  
set in the driver to the custom paper size before use (range 3½ to 8½  
inches [89 to 216 mm] wide x 5 to 14 inches [127 to 356 mm] long).  
Printing custom pages using the PostScript driver  
NOTE  
One custom paper size can be defined in the PostScript  
driver.  
1. Make sure the rear exit is open.  
2. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
3. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PS driver, then click  
Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 312  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. On the Advanced tab, under Document Options J Paper/  
Output:  
a. Click Paper Source and select Multi-Purpose Tray in the  
Change ‘Paper Source’ Setting list.  
b. Click Paper Size and select Postscript Custom Page Size in  
the Change ‘Paper Size’ Setting list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 313  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Click the Edit of Custom Paper button.  
6. Enter the Width and Height for the custom paper and select the  
Paper Feed Direction.  
NOTE  
• Long Edge First = media feeds in long edge first  
• Short Edge First = media feeds in short edge first  
• Long Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
• Short Edge First (flipped) = Reserved for future use.  
7. Click OK twice, then print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 314  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing custom pages using the PCL driver  
NOTE  
Up to 32 custom page sizes can be defined in the PCL driver.  
1. Make sure the rear exit is open.  
2. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
3. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PCL driver, then  
click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 315  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. On the Setup tab, under Media, select User Defined Size in the  
Size list.  
The Set Free Size dialog box appears.  
NOTE  
You may see a Warning dialog box indicating a conflict. If  
you do, click OK and the driver will automatically make the  
needed changes to correct for the conflict.  
5. Select the Unit, then enter the Width and Length measurements  
to use, then click OK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 316  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. User Defined Size appears in the Size list on the Setup tab.  
NOTE  
To save the setting for future use:  
• Click Paper Feed Options, then click Custom Size.  
• Select the unit, then enter the relevant information for  
Width and Height and give your custom size a name  
under Name.  
• Click Add.  
• Click OK twice.  
The Custom Page Size is added to the bottom of the  
Paper Size list.  
7. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 317  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE RESOLUTION FOR A PRINT JOB  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs (default settings):  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
1. Click the Job Options tab.  
2. Select the required printing resolution under Quality.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
3. Select Toner Saving if appropriate.  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 318  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
DUPLEX PRINTING  
(PRINTING ON BOTH SIDES OF THE PAPER)  
NOTE  
The optional duplex unit must be installed in the printer and  
enabled before duplex printing can be carried out.  
• Standard paper sizes only.  
²
• Paper weight range 20 to 28 lb. US Bond (75 to 105 g/m ).  
• Paper must be loaded print side up.  
• Only Tray 1, optional Trays 2 and 3, and the High Capacity  
Feeder trays can be used for duplex printing. The Multi-purpose  
tray cannot be used for duplex printing.  
NOTE  
These instructions explain how to change the settings as  
you are printing a job. If you wish to change the settings to  
apply to all jobs:  
• Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
• Right click the appropriate printer name. then select  
Properties.  
• Follow steps 3, etc., below: note that the Properties  
screen for setting defaults will have more tabs.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 319  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Duplex printing using the PostScript driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PS driver, then click  
Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Advanced tab, under Document Options J Layout,  
click 2-Sided Printing and select Long Edge binding or Short  
Edge binding in the Change ’2-Sided Printing’ Setting list.  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 320  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Duplex printing using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PCL driver, then  
click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under 2-Sided Printing, select Long Edge or  
Short Edge.  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 321  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING BOOKLETS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
NOTES  
• You must have the duplex unit installed and enabled in  
order to print booklets.  
• Not available on some network connections: see the  
Help file.  
• Some software applications may not support booklet  
printing.  
• The right-to-left setting allows a booklet to be printed for  
right to left reading, which is used in some languages.  
Printing booklets using the PCL driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PS driver, then click  
Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select Booklet in the  
list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 322  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Click the Options button and set Signature, 2Pages, Right to  
Left and Bind Margin as required, then click OK.  
5. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 323  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING WATERMARKS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PCL driver, then  
click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Job Options tab, click the Watermark button.  
4. Select a name from the Watermark list.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 324  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
NOTE  
To create a new watermark or edit an existing watermark:  
• Click the New or Edit button.  
• Enter the text for the watermark and select the font, size,  
angle, etc., to be used.  
• Click OK.  
The new watermark appears in the Watermark list.  
5. If you wish to print the watermark only on the first page of the  
document, select First Page only.  
6. Click OK twice and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 325  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLLATING  
Collating can be carried out with or without a hard disk drive installed.  
However, printers with a hard disk drive will provide greater  
performance.  
Important  
If your software application has a collate option, use it instead of  
the collate option in the printer driver.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver,  
then click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Job Options tab, under Job Type, enter the number of  
copies required and—only if the application has no collate  
option—select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
4. Click OK and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 326  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PROOF AND PRINT  
Proof and print allows printing of a single copy of a document for  
checking before printing multiple copies of the same document.  
NOTES  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled, to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy is printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, it must be turned OFF for proof and print to  
operate correctly.  
• Proof and print may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver.  
3. Select Print to file.  
4. Click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 327  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
5. On the Job Options tab, under Job Type, select Proof and  
Print.  
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
6. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate  
(PostScript driver only).  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
7. Click OK and print the document. A print file of the document is  
created and stored on the hard disk drive, and one copy is printed  
for checking.  
8. After checking the proof, print or delete (if incorrect) the  
remaining copies of the document using the procedures given  
below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 328  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing copies  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the remaining copies of the  
document.  
Deleting copies  
If the proof is not ready for printing, the job must be deleted from the  
printer:  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter your personal ID number using the buttons on the printer  
control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the on-line Help for Oki Storage  
Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 329  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
SECURE PRINTING  
(PRINTING CONFIDENTIAL DOCUMENTS)  
Secure printing or printing with passwords allows the printing of  
confidential documents on printers that are shared with other users.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled to allow for spooling of the print job before final  
printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for secure printing to  
operate correctly.  
• Secure printing may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver.  
3. Select Print to file.  
4. Click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
5. On the Job Options tab, under Job Type, select Secure Print.  
NOTE  
If you have already stored a Secure Print document on the  
hard disk drive and have not yet printed it, click the PIN  
button and enter a new name for the current document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 330  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name , and,  
if required, select Request Job Name for each print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type in a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
6. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
7. Click OK and print the document. A print file of the document is  
created and stored on the hard disk drive.  
8. Go to the printer and print out the document using the front panel  
(see below).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 331  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing a confidential document from the front panel  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button.  
The document will print and be deleted from the hard disk drive.  
Deleting the confidential document before printing it  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you set above using the buttons on  
the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the job from the printer.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the remaining  
copies of the document is to use the Oki Storage Device  
Manager. Please refer to the On-line help for the Oki Storage  
Device Manager software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 332  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STORE TO HARD DISK  
Store to hard disk (job spooling) allows print jobs to be prepared and  
stored on the hard disk for printing on demand. This is good for forms,  
generic memos, letterhead stationery, etc.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer and  
enabled.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for Store to Hard Disk to  
operate correctly.  
• Store to Hard Disk may not be available in some software  
applications.  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the appropriate OKI C9x00 driver.  
3. Select Print to file.  
4. Click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
5. Enter the number of copies and, if required, select Collate, then  
select Store to HDD.  
NOTE  
If you’ve already stored a document on the hard disk drive  
and want to store another one, click the PIN button and enter  
a new Job Name.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 333  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
a. Enter a job name of up to 16 characters under Job Name  
Setting and, if required, select Request Job Name for each  
print job.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
b. Type a four digit personal ID number from 0000 to 7777, then  
click OK.  
PostScript Driver  
PCL Driver  
6. Click OK and print the document. A print file of the document is  
created and stored on the hard disk drive and can then be printed  
on demand, or deleted, using the procedures given below.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 334  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
To print the stored document  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the SELECT button to print the document.  
To delete a stored document from the hard disk drive  
1. Press the MENU button to access the PRINT JOBS MENU and  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Enter the personal ID number you selected above using the  
buttons on the printer control panel.  
3. Press the VALUE button until ALL JOBS or the required job name  
is displayed.  
4. Press the CANCEL button to delete the remaining copies of the  
document.  
5. When the deletion confirmation message appears, confirm by  
pressing the SELECT button.  
NOTE  
An alternative method of printing or deleting the stored  
document is to use the Oki Storage Device Manager. Please  
refer to the On-line Help for the Oki Storage Device Manager  
software.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 335  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING OVERLAYS  
What are Overlays?  
An Overlay can be a combination of graphics, fonts, or text that is  
stored in the printer's flash memory or on the hard disk (supplied on  
some models, optional on others), and printed whenever required.  
The result is similar to the Watermark feature, but with the ability to  
be much more elaborate.  
Overlays can be useful for tasks such as printing letterheads, forms,  
or invoices, and should reduce the need for pre-printed stationery.  
An example of using Overlays:  
Suppose that you have created and stored three files in the printer  
using the Storage Device Manager:  
• the company logo.  
• the company address.  
• the company mission statement.  
The Overlay feature allows these files to be incorporated into your  
document in various combinations, depending on your requirements.  
To create overlays:  
1. In your application, create the document that you wish to use for  
Overlay printing (e.g. a letterhead) and generate a PRN file (print  
file) using the printer driver.  
2. Use the Storage Device Manager utility to convert this PRN file  
(print file) to a storable file format, and download it to the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 336  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Once someone has set up all the necessary overlay files on the  
printer, other users only have to switch on the required settings in the  
printer driver to use the overlays.  
NOTE  
• The internal hard disk must be installed in the printer to  
allow for spooling of the print job before final printing.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled  
data, DISK FULL is displayed and only one copy printed.  
• If the software application being used has a collate print  
option, this must be turned OFF for overlay to operate  
correctly.  
• An overlay may consist of more than one component file.  
Creating documents to use as overlays  
An overlay can be created in any software application that can  
handle logos, letterheads, forms, etc. and can print to a file.  
PCL Driver  
To create a print (PRN) file:  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the "Print To File" option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties… This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PCL driver to do this.  
4. Choose all of the printer driver settings with which you would like  
your overlay to print.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 337  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Try to keep the overlay to a single sheet. Don't use N-up, duplex,  
finisher options, etc. when creating an overlay. These can be  
added when printing the document that includes the overlay.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Print the document.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
PostScript  
1. With the file to be stored as an overlay open in your application  
program, choose File then Print.  
2. Ensure that the Print To File option is switched on in your  
application's Print dialog box.  
3. Depending on the application, you may need to select your OKI  
printer model, and then click Properties… This should open the  
printer driver settings.  
4. Select the Job Options tab, and click the Overlays… button.  
5. Choose Create Form from the menu.  
6. Click OK to close the Properties dialog box.  
7. Click OK to print the document to a file.  
Instead of sending the print job to the printer, this prompts you to  
save the print job on your PC's hard disk. Give the file a meaningful  
name such as "my template.prn".  
Important  
Please ensure that you are using the Oki PostScript driver to do  
this.  
Downloading the print file to use as an overlay  
In the previous topic, you created a print (PRN) file on your PC's hard  
disk. This topic explains how download this file to the printer using the  
Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 338  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
The Storage Device Manager software is included with the original  
software CDs that were supplied with your printer.  
1. Launch Storage Device Manager and allow the program to  
discover (locate) the printer.  
2. Click Project then New Project.  
3. Select Add File to Project from the Project menu, and select the  
PRN file(s) that you created earlier.  
PCL: This automatically generates a BIN file.  
Important!  
At this step, you will see in the project window that the BIN file is  
assigned an ID number. You can change this ID number by  
double-clicking it, and entering a new one in the ID field.  
PostScript: This automatically generates a PostScript hst file. Note  
the name that the file is assigned in the Storage Device Manager.  
Names are case sensitive.  
NOTE  
For PCL and PS: this is important because you need to use  
this ID number or name when creating overlays in the printer  
driver. Therefore, it is recommended you change the ID  
number or name from the default value and note it for later  
use.  
4. Make sure the printer being used is highlighted in the lower  
window of the Storage Device Manager.  
5. Select the Project menu and then choose Send Project Files to  
Printer.  
This downloads the file to the printer. The Storage Device Manager  
displays "Command Issued" to indicate that the file was  
downloaded successfully.  
6. Close the Storage Device Manager.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 339  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. RIght click the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
3. On the Job Options tab, click the Overlay button.  
4. Click the New button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 340  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name list, and  
select the pages on which it is to be printed.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printers’ hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
6. Enter or select a form name in the drop-down list under Form  
setting, then click Add.  
NOTE  
The Form Name is a random name of your selection.  
7. Click OK.  
8. If required, continue to add files to the overlay by repeating steps  
4 through 7.  
9. Highlight the overlay name(s) under Defined Overlay and click  
Add to add the overlay(s) to the list under Active Overlay (to  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 341  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
select more than one overlay, hold the CTRL key while clicking  
on each name).  
10. Select Use Overlay from the drop-down list at the top of the  
dialog box, then click OK.  
11. Click OK to close the Default dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 342  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Defining Overlays: PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Highlight the printer name and click Document Defaults.  
3. Click the Job Options tab.  
4. Click the Overlay... button.  
5. To define an overlay, click the Define Overlays button.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 343  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Enter the file name of the overlay in the Overlay Name box.  
NOTE  
The Overlay Name must be EXACTLY the same as the file  
name you made a noted of in the previous section. This is  
the name under which the file is stored on the printer’s hard  
disk drive. It is case sensitive.  
7. Enter the ID of the file in ID Values. Please refer to the  
instructions for the Storage Device Manager utility.  
8. Select which pages the overlay is to be printed on from Print on  
Pages or use Custom Pages to select specific page numbers in  
the document, then click Add  
9. Click Close.  
10. Repeat steps 5 though 9 for each overlay you wish to add.  
11. Highlight the overlay name under Defined Overlay and click the  
Add button to add the overlay to the list in Active Overlays.  
12. Select Print Using Active Overlays.  
13. Click OK.  
14. Click OK to close the Default dialog box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 344  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTING POSTERS: PCL DRIVER ONLY  
This option allows you to configure and print posters by breaking up  
the document page into multiple pieces which print enlarged on  
separate sheets. Then the separate sheets are combined to produce  
a poster. It is only available with the PCL printer driver  
1. Open the file in your application and select File J Print.  
2. In the Print dialog box, select the OKI C9x00 PCL driver, then  
click Properties (or Setup, or your application’s equivalent).  
3. On the Setup tab, under Finishing Mode, select Poster Print.  
4. Click the Options... button and enter the configuration details  
5. Click OK twice and print the document.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Operation • 345  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Maintenance  
ADDING PAPER  
The display indicates when the number of sheets of paper in any  
paper tray falls below 30.  
1. Remove the paper tray.  
2. Remove the remaining sheets of paper.  
3. Refill the tray with up to a ream (500 sheets) of paper, then  
replace the sheets removed in step 2 (this ensures that the oldest  
paper is used first, to help preventing paper jams).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 346  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Check that the paper guides and rear stopper are correct for the  
size of paper being used.  
5. Close the paper tray gently.  
Important!  
To prevent jams:  
• Make sure there is no space between the paper and the  
paper guides and rear stopper.  
• Don’t overfill the paper tray. Capacity depends on the type of  
paper and the paper weight (max 530 sheets of 80gm²).  
• Don’t load damaged paper.  
• Don’t mix paper of different sizes, paper quality or thickness.  
• Don’t remove the paper tray during printing.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 347  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. If installed, a lower paper tray cannot be used to print if there is  
no paper tray inserted above it.  
9
(1)  
(2)  
9
(1)  
(2)  
8
(1)  
(2)  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 348  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE TONER CARTRIDGE  
When the toner is running low, *** TONER LOW is displayed in the  
control panel (*** is the color name). If printing continues without  
replacing the toner cartridge, CHANGE *** TONER is displayed and  
printing is cancelled. Depending on the operating environment, print  
may become faint before this message is displayed. At this stage,  
remove the toner cartridge and check whether it is empty; if so, the  
toner cartridge needs to be replaced.  
Cartridge life is approximately 10,000 letter-size pages at 5% print  
density. The first toner cartridge installed in a new image drum needs  
to be replaced after less than this amount because the toner  
cartridge has to fill a new image drum.  
WARNING!  
Take extreme care when handling toner.  
• Toner can be harmful if inhaled, swallowed or if it gets  
in the eyes.  
• Toner can also stain hands and clothing.  
See the Material Safety Data Sheets in your Warranty,  
Regulatory and Safety Information booklet for more  
information.  
1. Switch off the printer and open the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 349  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Check the color label of the toner cartridge to be changed.  
3. Move the colored lever (1) on the right of the toner cartridge in the  
direction of the arrow as far as it will go then remove the toner  
cartridge (2), lifting the lever end of the cartridge first to  
disengage the locating peg on the image drum from the toner  
cartridge.  
CAUTION!  
Dispose of the toner cartridge in accordance with local  
legislation.  
4. Unpack the new toner cartridge and remove the orange shipping  
clip.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 350  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Shake the new toner cartridge back and forth several times. Then  
holding the toner cartridge horizontally, remove the tape.  
6. Insert the new toner cartridge into the image drum, left side first,  
engaging the drum locating peg in the hole in the toner cartridge.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 351  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Gently push the toner cartridge down, engaging the locking pin  
into the groove on the image drum.  
8. Gently push the colored lever forward until it stops. This releases  
the toner into the image drum.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 352  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9. Gently wipe the LED head surface with LED lens cleaner or a soft  
tissue.  
CAUTION  
Do not use methyl alcohol or other solvents on the LED head  
otherwise damage to the lens surface will occur.  
10.Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 353  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE  
After installing the new toner cartridge, the message on the  
display TONER LOW or CHANGE TONER should disappear.  
However, this sometimes does not disappear until printing  
has been carried out. If it still does not disappear, reinstall  
the toner cartridge.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 354  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE IMAGE DRUM  
When the image drum reaches the end of its product life, *** CHANGE  
DRUM is displayed in the control panel (*** is the color name). If  
printing continues without replacing the image drum, CHANGE ***  
IMAGE DRUM is displayed and printing is cancelled.  
Change the toner cartridge and clean the LED head at the same time  
as changing the image drum.  
Image drum life is approximately 23,000 sheets of letter-size media.  
This assumes a typical office environment where 20% of print jobs  
are one page emails, 30% are 3-page documents containing only  
words (no graphics) and 50% are print runs of 15 pages or more.  
CAUTION!  
• Never expose the image drum to light for more than 5  
minutes and never expose the image drum to direct  
sunlight.  
• Never touch the surface of the green drum inside the  
image drum unit.  
1. Switch off the printer and open the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 355  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Remove the appropriate image drum/toner cartridge from the  
printer.  
3. Make sure the replacement image drum is the correct color and  
remove it from the packaging.  
4. Remove the protective sheet from the new image drum.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 356  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Install the new image drum in the printer.  
6. Push the tab inwards and remove the blanking plate from the  
image drum.  
7. Install a new toner cartridge: see “Changing the toner cartridge”  
on page 349.  
8. Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 357  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE TRANSFER BELT  
When the transfer belt reaches the end of its product life, CHANGE  
BELT UNIT is displayed in the control panel. Transfer belt life  
depends on the number of sheets per print job. When single sheets  
are printed, transfer belt life is reduced.  
1. Switch off the printer and open the top cover.  
2. Remove the cradle complete with the four image drums and toner  
cartridges from the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 358  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Press back the lock lever (1) and, using the handles (2 and 3),  
remove the old transfer belt from the printer.  
4. Remove the new transfer belt unit from its packaging.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 359  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Using the handles (2 and 3), align the pins (4) with the grooves  
(5) on the printer and insert the new transfer belt into the printer.  
6. Move the lock lever (1) toward the front of the printer and ensure  
it locks the transfer belt into place.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 360  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Reinstall the cradle complete with the four image drums and  
toner cartridges in the printer.  
8. Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 361  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CHANGING THE FUSER UNIT  
When the fuser unit reaches the end of its product life, CHANGE  
FUSER UNIT is displayed in the control panel. Fuser unit life is  
approximately 60 000 A4 sheets.  
1. Switch off the printer and open the top cover.  
WARNING!  
The fuser unit is very hot after printing. Always use the  
handle when lifting it.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 362  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
2. Move the two locking levers (1) to the rear of the machine to  
release the fuser unit, then use the handle to remove the fuser  
from the printer.  
(1)  
(1)  
3. Using the handle (2), remove the fuser unit from the printer.  
4. Remove the new fuser unit from its packaging and lift off the  
shipping tape at either end. As you remove the tape, the levers at  
either end of the fuser should move into the locked position.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 363  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Using the handle (2), install the new fuser unit into the printer.  
Make sure the two spring loaded locking levers (1) lock the fuser  
unit into place.  
6. Close the top cover.s  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 364  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
CLEANING THE LED HEADS  
Clean the LED heads when printing does not come out clearly, has  
white lines or when text is blurred.  
1. Switch off the printer and open the top cover.  
CAUTION!  
Do not use methyl alcohol or other solvents on the LED head  
otherwise damage to the lens surface will occur.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 365  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Gently wipe the LED head surface with LED lens cleaner or soft  
tissue.  
3. Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 366  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
TRANSPORTING THE PRINTER  
This printer is a precision machine. If it is transported without its  
protective packaging it may be prone to mechanical damage.  
To prepare the printer for transportation:  
1. Turn off the printer.  
2. Disconnect the power cable and printer interface cable from the  
printer and remove any paper from the paper trays.  
3. Open the top cover and remove the four image drums.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 367  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
4. Seal the aperture on each image drum and its toner cartridge with  
plastic adhesive tape (1) to prevent any toner spillage during  
transportation.  
5. Place the four image drums complete with their toner cartridges  
back into the printer.  
6. Using the original packaging material, place the printer inside its  
box and seal the box.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Maintenance • 368  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Troubleshooting  
LCD MESSAGES  
The liquid crystal display (LCD) on the control panel indicates the  
printer status and if there is a problem with the printer. Status and  
error messages are listed below together with an explanation of what  
each message means:  
LCD Message  
Meaning  
An image drum is nearing the end of its life.  
(***** indicates color)  
***** DRUM NEAR LIFE  
Warning that Tray ***** is empty. MP Tray is Tray  
0.  
***** EMPTY  
The paper in the selected ***** is nearly finished.  
(***** indicates paper tray).  
***** NEAR END  
***** TONER LOW  
Toner is low (***** indicates color).  
Error with the toner sensor (***** indicates  
color). Call for service.  
***** TONER SENSOR  
ERROR  
Transfer belt unit is missing.  
BELT UNIT MISSING  
CANCELLING JOB  
Cancelling the current job.  
Centronics interface error (parallel interface).  
Change the image drum (***** indicates color).  
Change the transfer belt.  
CENTRO I/F ERROR  
CHANGE ***** IMAGE DRUM  
CHANGE BELT UNIT  
CHANGE FUSER UNIT  
CHANGE PAPER TO *****  
Change the fuser unit.  
Paper must be changed to correct paper size  
and/or media type (***** indicates size or media  
type).  
Check Tray ***** for paper jam. MP tray is Tray  
0.  
CHECK *****  
Check the transfer belt for paper jam, correct  
installation, etc.  
CHECK BELT UNIT  
CHECK DUPLEX  
Check the duplex unit for paper jam, correct  
installation, etc.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 369  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
LCD Message  
Meaning  
Check the fuser unit for paper jam, correct  
installation, etc.  
CHECK FUSER UNIT  
Check the image drum for correct installation,  
etc. Color will be indicated.  
CHECK IMAGE DRUM  
Collating of multiple copies has failed.  
COLLATE FAIL  
Adjusting head so that colors do not shift on to  
each other.  
COLOR ADJUSTING  
Adjust the color balance.  
COLOR BALANCE ADJUST  
COMMUNICATION ERROR  
There is an error with communications to  
computer.  
Data has been received but processing has not  
started yet.  
DATA ARRIVE  
Un-printed data remains in buffer. Waiting for  
data to follow.  
DATA PRESENT  
Error with hard disk operations.  
DISK FILE OPERATION  
FAILED  
Hard disk/flash memory full.  
The internal hard drive is full.  
Call for service.  
DISK FILESYSTEM IS FULL  
DISK FULL  
EEPROM INITIALIZE  
ERROR  
Indicates which paper tray is empty.  
A PostScript error has occurred.  
Call for service.  
EMPTY  
ERROR POSTSCRIPT  
FATAL ERROR  
Fuser unit is missing.  
FUSER UNIT MISSING  
Additional memory is required before job can be  
printed.  
INSTALL ADDITIONAL  
MEMORY  
Install a new image drum. Color will be  
indicated.  
INSTALL NEW IMAGE  
DRUM  
Install a new toner cartridge. Color will be  
indicated.  
INSTALL NEW TONER  
Install the paper cassette. Paper tray will be  
indicated.  
INSTALL PAPER  
CASSETTE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 370  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD Message  
Meaning  
Data is incorrect.  
INVALID DATA  
LOAD  
Load correct paper size/type. Size/type will be  
indicated.  
Paper type set via menu does not match that  
sent via driver.  
MEDIA MISMATCH  
Network error.  
NETWORK ERROR  
OFFLINE  
Shows off line status.  
Shows on line status.  
Open the upper cover.  
Indicates there is a paper jam.  
Indicates wrong paper size.  
ONLINE  
OPEN UPPER COVER  
PAPER JAM  
PAPER SIZE ERROR  
PLEASE POWER OFF  
Printer must be switched off after disk/flash  
initialization.  
The printer is in power save mode.  
Data is being printed.  
POWER SAVE  
PRINTING  
Data is being processed.  
PROCESSING  
RAM CHECK  
RAM is being checked after switching printer on.  
Registration adjustment being tested.  
REGISTRATION ADJUST  
TEST  
An error has occurred setting up the registration.  
Indicates wrong paper being used.  
REGISTRATION ERROR  
REMOVE THE PAPER  
Serial framing error. Check configuration of  
serial card.  
RS232C FRAMING ERROR  
Serial overflow error. Check configuration of  
serial card.  
RS232C OVERFLOW  
ERROR  
Serial overrun error. Check configuration of  
serial card.  
RS232C OVERRUN  
ERROR  
Serial parity error. Check configuration of serial  
card.  
RS232C PARITY ERROR  
A serious error has occurred. Call for service.  
SERVICE CALL  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 371  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
LCD Message  
Meaning  
Starts the shutdown procedure to protect the file  
system on hard disk.  
SHUTDOWN  
Change paper to correct size/type. Press On-  
line to continue.  
SIZE MISMATCH  
Stacker is full. Remove the paper.  
Indicates wrong paper size.  
STACKER FULL  
UNSUITABLE SIZE  
USB I/F ERROR  
WARMING UP  
USB interface error has occurred.  
The printer is warming up.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 372  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PAPER JAMS  
Paper jams are indicated by an error message on the display. Paper  
jams are cleared as follows:  
1. Open the top cover of the printer.  
NOTE  
Do not close the top cover completely (until it latches)  
during this process. If the top cover is closed too soon, the  
paper jam error will not be cleared.  
To minimize possible damage to the drums due to exposure  
to light, lower the top cover when appropriate, but do not  
press down to latch it.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 373  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
2. Check the paper tray: Pull out the paper tray and remove any  
jammed paper from the printer, then gently push the paper tray  
back in.  
3. Check behind the front cover. Open the front cover and remove  
any jammed paper, then close the front cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 374  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4. Check the transfer belt.  
a. Remove all four image drums as one unit in their cradle. and  
place the cradle on a flat surface to prevent damage to the  
shiny green surface on the bottom of the drums.  
CAUTION!  
To avoid damage to the drums:  
• Be careful to place the drums on a flat surface so that  
nothing contacts the shiny green surface in the bottom  
of the drum.  
• Keep the image drums away from light.  
b. Carefully remove any jammed paper from the transfer belt and  
top paper exit.  
c. Replace all four image drums as one unit into the printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 375  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Check behind the rear cover: open the rear cover and remove  
any jammed paper, then close the rear cover.  
6. Check the fuser unit:  
WARNING!  
The fuser unit is very hot after printing. Always use the  
handle when lifting it.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 376  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
a. If necessary, lift out the toner/drum cradle to access the  
jammed page.  
a. Release the fuser roller lock levers at either end of the fuser and  
slowly remove the jammed paper.  
b. Re-lock the levers at either end of the fuser.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 377  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7. Check the duplex unit.  
a. Open the front cover, then slide out the duplex unit.  
b. Open the duplex top cover and remove any jammed paper.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 378  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
c. Close the duplex top cover and slide the duplex unit back into  
the printer.  
d. Close the front cover.  
8. Check any additional paper trays: if any optional paper tray(s)  
are installed, pull them out and check that no paper is jammed  
along the various parts of the exit path.  
9. Close the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 379  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PARALLEL TRANSMISSION MODE  
The parallel port supports IEEE-1284 and ECP mode. If your  
computer's parallel port is not compatible with one of these modes,  
the printer may not print at all or it may print corrupted data.  
To correct for this, enter the printer's Parallel Menu and change the  
ECP setting to Disable.  
Menu Item  
Online  
Value Select  
Cancel  
Ready  
Attention  
1. Press the MENU button until PARALLEL MENU is displayed, then  
press the SELECT button.  
2. Press the ITEM button until ECP is displayed.  
3. Press the VALUE button to change the display to DISABLE.  
4. Press the SELECT button.  
An asterisk (*) appears to the right of the selected setting.  
5. Press the ONLINE button to return the printer to online status  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 380  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PROBLEM SOLVING  
Paper feed problems.  
If paper jams are frequent:  
• More than one sheet feeds at a time.  
• Paper curls.  
• Paper feeds at an angle.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The printer is not  
horizontal.  
Place the printer on a stable, level surface.  
The paper is too thin.  
Use the correct type of paper (see  
Specifications).  
The paper is moist or  
affected by static.  
Store paper within specified temperature and  
humidity levels.  
The paper is creased  
or wrinkled.  
Remove the creased/wrinkled paper from the  
feed tray.  
The paper is not  
aligned correctly.  
Adjust tray or manual feed guides.  
Paper doesn’t feed.  
Correct paper feed selection in the printer  
driver.  
Paper jam has been cleared, but printer does not print.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The top cover has  
not remained open  
until all paper jams  
have been cleared.  
Removing a paper jam is not sufficient:  
Raise and gently lower the top cover, especially if  
the paper jam has been removed from behind the  
front cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 381  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
PROBLEMS PRINTING FROM WINDOWS  
Cannot configure for parallel connection.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The computer  
does not support  
bi-directional  
There is no fix for this problem. You should only use  
a computer that does support a bi-directional  
parallel interface.  
parallel interface.  
Parallelcabledoes  
not meet  
Use a bi-directional parallel cable to IEEE 1284–  
1994 standard.  
specifications.  
The interface is  
disabled.  
Check that the parallel interface is set to enable.  
Configure again from the beginning.  
Configuration  
procedure was not  
correctly followed  
or cancelled.  
Parallel cable is  
disconnected or  
faulty.  
Reconnect or try another cable.  
A converter, buffer  
or extension cable  
is being used.  
Test by connecting printer and computer directly.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 382  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Cannot configure for USB connection.  
NOTE  
• Windows 95 does not support USB.  
• Windows 98 upgraded from Windows 95 may not support  
USB.  
• Windows 98 original installation and Windows Me, 2000,  
NT and XP all support USB.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Computer does not  
support USB  
interface.  
Check if there is a USB controller in the Windows  
device manager.  
USB cable does  
not meet  
Use USB cable to specification Ver.1.1.  
specifications.  
Interface is  
disabled.  
Check that USB interface is set to Enable.  
Configure again from the beginning.  
Configuration  
procedure was not  
correctly followed  
or cancelled.  
USB cable is  
disconnected or  
faulty.  
Reconnect or try another cable.  
A USB hub is  
being used.  
The printer cannot be used with a USB hub.  
Connect the printer and computer directly.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 383  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printout is garbled or incorrect with parallel connection.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Possible mismatch  
on parallel  
Change parallel transmission mode (see Parallel  
Transmission Mode above).  
connection between  
computer and printer.  
Cannot print.  
• LPT WRITE ERROR is displayed.  
• PRNUSBX WRITE ERROR is displayed.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Interface is disabled.  
In the printer menu settings, enable Parallel or  
USB interface.  
Printer is switched  
OFF.  
Switch ON.  
Printer interface  
cable is  
Reconnect the printer interface cable.  
disconnected.  
A converter, buffer,  
extension cable or  
USB hub is being  
used.  
Test by connecting the printer and computer  
directly.  
Printer driver output  
port is incorrect.  
Set correct output port to which the printer  
interface cable is connected.  
Printer is not selected  
in the printer driver.  
Select the printer or set to default printer.  
Incorrect printer  
driver is being used.  
Delete this printer driver and install correct printer  
driver.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 384  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Application error or general protection fault is displayed.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Application is not  
suitable for  
Upgrade the application.  
Windows version.  
Memory is  
Close all other applications.  
insufficient for  
number of  
applications running.  
Print file is  
corrupted.  
Correct or recreate the file.  
Memory is  
Increase computer’s memory.  
insufficient for  
application.  
Insufficient free  
Delete unnecessary files.  
space on hard disk.  
Printer driver is  
incorrectly  
Correctly configure printer driver.  
configured.  
Printing is slow.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Print processing is  
carried out by the  
computer.  
Use a computer with a faster processor.  
Print resolution is  
set high.  
Set lower print resolution in the printer driver.  
Simplify data.  
Data is too complex.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 385  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printer requests paper size change to continue printing.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Paper loaded in tray  
is different size from  
that formatted in  
software  
Either change paper in tray to match size  
formatted in application and press ONLINE to  
continue, or continue printing on existing paper by  
pressing ONLINE.  
application.  
PROBLEMS WITH POOR QUALITY PRINTING  
Longitudinal white stripes  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
LED head is dirty.  
Toner is low.  
Clean LED head with lens cleaner or soft tissue.  
Change toner cartridge.  
Image drum  
damaged.  
Change image drum.  
Longitudinal fading  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
LED head is dirty.  
Toner is low.  
Clean LED head with lens cleaner or soft tissue.  
Change toner cartridge.  
Paper is  
Use recommended paper.  
unsuitable for  
printer.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 386  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Faint printing  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Thetoner cartridge  
is incorrectly  
installed.  
Reinstall the toner cartridge.  
Toner is low.  
Change toner cartridge.  
The paper is  
moist.  
Store paper within specified temperature and  
humidity levels.  
Paper is  
Use recommended paper.  
unsuitable for  
printer.  
Fading in patches  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The paper is moist.  
Store paper within specified temperature and  
humidity levels.  
Longitudinal black stripes  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Image drum is  
damaged.  
Replace image drum.  
Toner is low.  
Change toner cartridge.  
Periodic black lateral  
lines or spots.  
• If the lines or spots occur at intervals of  
approximately 44 - 94 mm, the image drum  
(green tube) is damaged or dirty. If damaged,  
replace the image drum cartridge. If dirty, wipe  
the image drum gently with soft tissue. If this  
does not work, replace the image drum.  
• If the lines or spots occur at intervals of  
approximately 113 mm, the fuser roller is  
damaged. Change the fuser unit.  
The image drum has  
been exposed to  
light.  
Remove the image drum from the printer and  
store it in a dark place for several hours. If this  
does not work, replace the image drum.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 387  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Faint shading on unprinted sections  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Paper has been  
affected by static  
electricity.  
Store paper within specified temperature and  
humidity levels.  
Paper is too thick.  
Toner is low.  
Use recommended paper.  
Change toner cartridge.  
Blurred letter edges  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
LED is dirty.  
Clean LED with lens cleaner or soft tissue.  
Replace toner cartridge.  
Cannot print desired  
color because toner  
is low.  
Black formation  
method does not  
match application.  
Open the printer driver and set black formation to  
CMYK.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 388  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEMS  
The power is on, but the printer does not go online.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Bad connection  
Switch off the printer and disconnect the power  
cable. Reconnect power cable and switch  
printer on. If this does not clear the fault, call  
for service.  
Print processing does not start.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Printer error  
Check the control panel. If an error message is  
displayed, correct the problem.  
Print processing cancels.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The printer interface  
cable is faulty.  
Replace the printer interface cable.  
The time out setting is  
too short.  
Reset time out to a higher value.  
Printer makes a strange noise.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The printer is not  
horizontal.  
Place the printer on a stable, level surface.  
There are scraps of  
paper or other foreign  
matter inside the  
printer.  
Check the inside of the printer and remove any  
such objects.  
The top cover is not  
firmly shut.  
Press the left and right sides of the top cover.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 389  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
An asterisk (*) symbol appears on the display, repeatedly  
moving across the first line then the second.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The main board is not  
properly seated in the  
printer.  
Turn the printer off, then reseat the main board  
and turn the printer back on again.  
Printer takes a long time to start printing.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
The printer has to warm  
up returning from power  
save mode.  
In the printer menu settings, set power save to  
a higher value to increase the length of time  
before entering power save mode.  
The image drum carries  
out a cleaning process  
to ensure print quality,  
which takes time.  
Wait until this process has been completed.  
The fuser unit adjusts  
temperature, which  
takes time.  
Wait until this process has been completed.  
Wait until this data is processed.  
The printer is  
processing data from  
another interface.  
Toner rubs off when you rub the printed surface.  
Possible cause  
Remedy  
Media Weight and  
Media Type settings  
may not be appropriate.  
Set the value of media weight to the next  
heaviest one.  
Packing materials were  
left on the fuser when it  
was installed.  
Careful! FUser my be HOT!  
Open the top cover and check to be sure that  
all the packing materials were removed from  
the fuser. To remove the fuser see “Changing  
the fuser unit” on page 362.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Troubleshooting • 390  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Accessories  
Depending on the configuration of your printer, you may wish to add  
one or more of the following options as your needs evolve:  
• OkiLAN 6200e Plus Network Print Server: see below  
• Additional Memory: see page 392  
• Hard Disk Drive: see page 396  
• Duplex Unit: see page 399  
• Paper Trays: see page 400  
OKILAN 6200E PLUS NETWORK PRINT SERVER  
The print server is an Ethernet board that supports EtherTalk, TCP/  
IP, IPX/SPX, IPP, SNMP, NDS and NetBEUI protocols. It can be  
connected using 10/100BASE-TX.  
1. Turn off the printer and disconnect the power cable.  
2. Loosen the two screws and remove the cover (1) from the lower  
option slot.  
3. Insert the network interface card (2) into the option slot and  
secure with the two thumbscrews (3).  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 391  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
4. Connect the power cable and switch on the printer.  
5. Print a MenuMap as follows to confirm the network interface card  
is correctly installed.  
a. Press the MENU button twice to access the INFORMATION  
MENU.  
b. Press the SELECT button and confirm that PRINT MENU MAP is  
displayed.  
c. Press the SELECT button to print the MenuMap.  
d. Check that NETWORK MENU appears on the MenuMap.  
ADDITIONAL MEMORY  
Additional memory increases the printer’s capacity to process  
complex data.  
• Installing additional memory is recommended if carrying out  
duplex printing or if error messages appear when printing complex  
data.  
• Also used for graphic intensive applications on Networks.  
• Additional memory is available in 64Mb, 128Mb, and 256Mb  
modules.  
CAUTION!  
• Due to the design of the memory modules, it is very  
important to install the modules in sequence according  
to the part number/capacity printed on the module  
• Use the sequence Slot 1 J Slot 3 J Slot 2, placing the  
highest capacity (MB) module in Slot 1.  
• If the modules being installed are higher in capacity  
than the one(s) already installed, remove the ones  
installed, sort them properly with the new ones and  
reinstall them in the proper 1 J 3 J 2 sequence.  
For example:  
SDRAM: 256 MB  
Place in: Slot 1  
128 MB  
64 MB  
Slot 3  
Slot 2  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 392  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Installing additional memory  
NOTE  
If the maximum amount of memory is being installed in the  
printer (three 256 MB modules), the memory modules that  
were originally installed must be removed.  
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer  
interface cable.  
2. Loosen the two screws (1) and remove the main board.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 393  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Insert the memory modules the slots as follows:  
a. Push out the white tabs at either end of the socket.  
CAUTION!  
The printer may not operate correctly if memory modules are  
not fitted correctly and IN THE CORRECT SEQUENCE.  
b. Align the module with the narrow strip (1) on its metallic contact  
edge to the right (toward the slot identifier numbers ) of the  
control board.  
c. Carefully insert the module in the socket, placing the ends into  
the slot in the lock tabs. Press down firmly, until you feel the  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 394  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
board engage the connector, then make sure the white tabs  
come up to lock the module in place.  
4. Replace the main board and secure it with the two screws.  
5. Reconnect the printer interface cable and power cable, then  
switch on the printer.  
NOTE  
If the error message SERVICE CALL/034 appears on the LCD  
after switching the printer on, turn the printer off and pull the  
main board back out and make sure the memory modules  
have been installed correctly.  
6. Print a MenuMap (see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 35) and  
check that the Total Memory Size shown at the top of the  
MenuMap matches the memory now installed in the printer. If it  
doesn’t, turn the printer off and pull out the main board and check  
to be sure that the modules are all firmly seated in their  
connectors.  
7. In the printer driver(s), change the installed memory to match the  
new value:  
– For Windows XP: see page 78  
– For Windows 2000: see page 150  
– For Windows Me/98/95 (PostScript driver only): see page 217  
– For Windows NT 4.0: see page 282  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 395  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
INTERNAL HARD DISK  
The optional internal hard disk is used for proof and print, password  
or secure printing.  
Installing the hard disk drive  
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer  
interface cable.  
2. Loosen the two screws (1) and remove the main board.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 396  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
3. Hold the hard disk drive by the locking handle (1).  
4. Insert the handle locating lugs (2) and four locating feet (3) into  
the holes in the main board making sure the hard disk connector  
(4) starts to engage with the socket on the control board.  
5. Gently push down on the locking handle (1) making sure the hard  
disk moves forward and fully engages with the socket.  
6. Replace the main board and secure it with the two screws.  
7. Connect the printer interface cable and power cable, then switch  
on the printer.  
8. Print a Menu Map (see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 35) and  
check that the HDD appears at the top of the MenuMap. If it  
doesn’t, turn the printer off then pull the main board back out and  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 397  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
reseat the hard disk drive. Turn the printer on again and reprint  
the MenuMap.  
NOTE  
• When initializing the hard disk, any fonts, overlays or  
print jobs that have been acknowledged will be erased.  
• The Storage Device Manager can also be used to  
initialize the hard disk after installation. Please refer to  
the User Guide for the Storage Device Manager.  
9. In the printer driver(s), change the installed memory to match the  
new value:  
– For Windows XP: see page 79  
– For Windows 2000: see page 151  
– For Windows Me/98/95 (PostScript driver only): see page 219  
– For Windows NT 4.0: see page 283  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 398  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
DUPLEX UNIT  
Installation  
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable.  
2. Open the front cover (1).  
3. Insert the duplex unit (2) into the printer engaging the sides of the  
duplex unit in the slots in the printer.  
4. Gently slide the duplex unit (2) fully into the printer.  
5. Close the front cover (1).  
6. Connect the power cable and switch the printer on.  
7. The printer will automatically configure to include this option.  
8. In the printer driver(s), change the installed memory to match the  
new value:  
– For Windows XP: see page 83  
– For Windows 2000: see page 155  
– For Windows Me/98/95 (PostScript driver only): see page 221  
– For Windows NT 4.0: see page 287  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 399  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
ADDITIONAL PAPER TRAYS  
Two additional paper trays can be installed and, when combined with  
the standard paper tray, paper capacity increases to approximately  
1590 sheets.  
Installation  
1. Switch off the printer and disconnect the power cable and printer  
interface cable.  
WARNING!  
The printer weighs 106 lbs. (48 kg). 2 people are required to  
lift the printer safely and prevent any personal injury.  
NOTE  
If installing both additional paper trays, put the two  
additional paper trays together as one unit first, then install  
the printer on top of the two additional paper trays.  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 400  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Lower the printer gently on to the additional paper tray aligning  
the holes and connection socket on the base of the printer with  
the locating pegs and connector on the additional paper tray unit.  
3. Connect the printer interface cable and power cable, then switch  
on the printer.  
4. Print a Menu Map (see “Printing the MenuMap” on page 35) and  
check that TRAY 2 (and TRAY 3 if installed) appear under MEDIA  
MENU.  
5. The printer will automatically configure to include this option.  
6. In the printer driver(s), change the installed memory to match the  
new value:  
– For Windows XP: see page 81  
– For Windows 2000: see page 153  
– For Windows Me/98/95 (PostScript driver only): see page 220  
– For Windows NT 4.0: see page 285  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Accessories • 401  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Specifications  
Print method.  
LED exposed light source electronic photographic  
memory  
Resolution  
C7100 - 600 x 1200dpi  
C7300 - 600 x 1200 dpi  
C7500 - 1200 x 1200dpi  
.Colors  
CPU  
Cyan, magenta, yellow, black (CMYK)  
Power PC 750 processor, 32 bit RISC CPU, 450 MHz,  
64 bit  
Memory  
C7100 - 64 Mb standard  
(128 Mb required for Duplex unit)  
C7300N - 64 Mb standard  
(128 Mb required for Duplex unit)  
C7300DN - 128Mb standard  
C7500 - 256 Mb standard  
(Up to 1 Gb max with optional memory modules)  
Print language  
Internal font  
Print Start  
PostScript3, PCL5c  
PostScript 3, PCL5c fonts  
First print time: 10 secs (mono), 15 secs (.color)  
Warm up time: 90 secs  
Parallel Interface  
Connections  
Cable  
IEEE Std 1284-1994 parallel  
36-pin receptacle  
IEEE Std 1284-1994 compatible cable of up to 1.8  
metres .  
Transmission  
mode  
Compatible, Nibble mode ECP  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Specifications • 402  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Interface level  
Low+0.0 – 0.8V  
High+2.4 – 5.0V  
Universal Serial  
Bus (USB)  
USB specification Version 1.1  
interface  
Connections  
Cable  
USB type B  
USB specification Version 1.1 cable (shielded)  
Full speed (12 Mbps + 0.25% maximum)  
Transmission  
mode:  
Power control  
Network  
Self-powered device  
100BASE-TX/10BASE-T (option)  
Print speed in  
pages per minute  
(ppm)  
Model Color  
C7300 16ppm  
C7500 20ppm  
C7500 20ppm  
Mono  
Transparency Color  
12ppm  
24ppm  
24ppm  
24ppm  
12ppm  
[Print speed varies  
with paper size, media  
weight and paper  
feed.]  
12ppm  
Duplex color: 13ppm  
Media size  
Letter, Legal-14, Legal-13.5, Legal-13, Executive  
Trays 1, 2, 3  
A4, A5, B5  
A6: Tray 1 only  
Media size  
MP tray  
Letter, Legal-14, Legal-13.5, Legal-13, Executive  
A4, A5, A6, B5  
Envelopes: C5, DL, Com-9, Com-10, Monarch  
Custom (up to 1200 mm length)  
²
Media weight  
Trays 1 to 5: 20 to 47 lb. US Bond (75 to 177 g/m )  
Multi-purpose tray: 17 to 54 lb. US Bond—up to 113  
²
lb. Index—(64 to 203 g/m )  
²
Duplex unit: 20 to 28-lb. US Bond (75 to 105 g/m )  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Specifications • 403  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Paper capacity  
(depending on  
paper weight)  
Paper tray: 530 sheets approx.  
Manual feed: 100 sheets approx.  
Exit capacity  
(depending on  
paper weight)  
Face up: 100 sheets approx.  
Face down: 500 sheets approx.  
Print margin  
¼-inch (6.4 mm) minimum  
Print accuracy  
Start: ±2 m  
Paper skew: ±1 mm per 100 mm  
Image expansion/compression: ±1 mm per 100 mm  
Startup time  
Less than 3 min. from powering up (25°C)  
Power supply  
120 (115-127) volts AC, 60 Hz ± 2 Hz  
OR  
230 (198-264) volts AC, 50 Hz ± 2 Hz  
Power  
consumption  
Operating: 1350 max.; 500 W average (25°C)  
Standby: 1200 max.; 150 W average (25°C)  
Power saving: 45 W max.  
Operating  
Operating:  
environment  
• 50 to 90°F (10 to 32 °C)  
• 20 to 80% RH  
maximum wet bulb temperature 77°C (25°C)  
For maximum print quality  
• 62.6 to 80.6°F ( 17 to 27 °C)  
• 50 to 70% RH  
Off  
• 32 to 110°F (0 to 43 °C)  
• 10 to 90% RH  
Storage  
• -14 to 110°F (-10 to 43°C)  
• 10 to 90% RH  
Product life  
5 years or 600,000 sheets  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Specifications • 404  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Dimensions  
Width:  
Depth:  
Height:  
16.9 inches (430 mm)  
24.4 inches (620 mm)  
16.9 inches (430 mm)  
Weight  
106 lbs. (48 kg) not including optional accessories and  
paper  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Specifications • 405  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Consumables  
TONER  
Description ................................... Order No.  
Black Toner..................................... 41963004  
Cyan Toner ..................................... 41963003  
Magenta Toner................................ 41963002  
Yellow Toner................................... 41963001  
DRUMS  
Description ................................... Order No.  
Black Image Drum .......................... 41962804  
Cyan Image Drum........................... 41962803  
Magenta Image Drum ..................... 41962802  
Yellow Image Drum......................... 41962801  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Consumables • 406  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
FUSER UNITS  
Description ................................... Order No.  
Fuser Unit, 120V............................. 41945601  
Fuser Unit, 230V............................. 41945607  
TRANSFER BELT  
Description ................................... Order No.  
Transfer belt.................................... 41945501  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Consumables • 407  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
OKI PRINT MEDIA  
OKI® SynFlex™: Waterproof and Tear proof  
Order No.  
White, 8½ x 11''. 100 sheets ............................................52205901  
OKI Bright White Proofing Paper  
Order No.  
32-lb. US Bond, 8½ x 11''. 500 sheets.............................52206101  
OKI Premium Card Stock  
Order No.  
White, 60 lb. Cover, 8½ x 11''. 250 sheets.......................52205601  
White, 90 lb. Index, 8½ x 11''. 250 sheets........................52205602  
White, 110 lb. Index, 8½ x 11''. 250 sheets......................52205603  
OKI Premium Color Transparencies  
Order No.  
8½ x 11''. 50 sheets .........................................................52205701  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Consumables • 408  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
OKI PRINT MEDIA (CONTINUED)  
OKI Premium Envelopes: Security Tint, Redi-Strip Seal  
Order No.  
White, COM-10. Box 100 .................................................52206301  
White, COM-10. Box 500 .................................................52206302  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Consumables • 409  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Factory Default Settings  
PRINT MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
COPIES  
1
DUPLEX  
OFF  
BINDING  
LONG EDGE  
PAPER FEED  
AUTO TRAY SWITCH  
TRAY SEQUENCE  
MP TRAY USAGE  
MEDIA CHECK  
TRAY1  
ON  
DOWN  
FEED WHEN MISMATCHING  
ENABLE  
AUTO  
TRANSPARENCY  
DETECT  
RESOLUTION  
600dpi LED model  
1200dpi LED model  
600 X 1200 dpi  
FAST 1200 dpi  
TONER SAVE MODE  
MONO-PRINT SPEED  
ORIENTATION  
OFF  
AUTO  
PORTRAIT  
60  
LINE PER PAGE  
EDIT SIZE  
CASSETTE SIZE  
MEDIA MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
TRAY1 MEDIATYPE:  
TRAY1 MEDIAWEIGHT  
TRAY2 MEDIATYPE:  
TRAY2 MEDIAWEIGHT  
TRAY3 MEDIATYPE:  
TRAY3 MEDIAWEIGHT  
PLAIN  
AUTO  
PLAIN  
AUTO  
PLAIN  
AUTO  
LETTER  
MPP TRAY  
PAPERSIZE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 410  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Item  
Factory default setting  
MP TRAY MEDIA  
PLAIN  
AUTO  
MP TRAY  
MEDIAWEIGHT  
UNIT OF MEASURE  
X DIMENSION  
INCH  
8.5 INCH  
11 INCH  
Y DIMENSION  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 411  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
COLOR MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
AUTO DENSITY MODE  
AUTO  
ADJUST DENSITY  
COLOR TUNING  
[EXECUTE]  
[PRINT PATTERN]  
CYAN HIGH-LIGHT  
CYAN MID-TONE  
0
0
CAN DARK  
0
MAGENTA HIGH-LIGHT  
MAGENTA MID-TONE  
MAGENTA DARK  
0
0
0
YELLOW HIGH-LIGHT  
YELLOW MID-TONE  
YELLOW DARK  
0
0
0
BLACK HIGH-LIGHT  
BLACK MID-TONE  
BLACK DARK  
0
0
0
CYAN DARKNESS  
MAGENTA DARKNESS  
YELLOW DARKNESS  
BLACK DARKNESS  
ADJUST REGISTRATION  
0
0
0
0
[EXECUTE]  
0
CYAN REG FINE  
ADJUST  
MAGENTA REG FINE  
ADJUST  
0
0
YELLOW REG FINE  
ADJUST  
INK SIMULATION  
INK LIMIT  
OFF  
DARK  
DISABLE  
CMY100% density  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 412  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
SYSTEM CONFIG MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
POWER SAVE DELAY  
TIME  
60 mins.  
USB PS-PROTOCOL  
RAW  
RAW  
NETWORK  
PS-PROTOCOL  
PERSONALITY  
AUTO EMULATION  
ON  
CLEARABLE WARNING  
AUTO CONTINUE  
MANUAL TIMEOUT  
WAIT TIMEOUT  
LOW TONER  
OFF  
60 sec.  
40 sec.  
CONTINUE  
ON  
JAM RECOVERY  
ERROR REPORT  
LANGUAGE  
OFF  
ENGLISH  
PCL EMULATION MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
FONT SOURCE  
FONT No.  
RESIDENT  
I000  
FONT PITCH  
10.00 cpi  
12.00 point  
PC-8  
FONT HEIGHT  
SYMBOL SET  
A4 PRINT WIDTH  
WHITE PAGE SKIP  
CR FUNCTUION  
LF FUNCTION  
PRINT MARGIN  
TRUE BLACK  
78 column  
OFF  
CR  
LF  
NORMAL  
OFF  
PEN WIDTH ADJUST  
ON  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 413  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
PPR EMULATION MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
CHARACTER PITCH  
FONT CONDENSE  
CHARACTER SET  
SYMBOL SET  
10 cpi  
10 cpi to 12 cpi  
SET - 2  
IBM-437  
DISABLE  
NORMAL  
6 lpi  
LETTER 0 STYLE  
ZERO CHARACTER  
LINE PITCH  
WHITE PAGE SKIP  
CR FUNCTUION  
LF FUNCTION  
OFF  
CR  
LR  
LINE LENGTH  
80 column  
11 inches  
0.0 inch  
0.0 inch  
ENABLE  
SAME  
FORM LENGTH  
TOF POSITION  
LEFT MARGIN  
FIT TO LETTER  
TEXT HEIGHT  
FX EMULATION MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
CHARACTER PITCH  
CHARACTER SET  
SYMBOL SET  
10 cpi  
SET - 2  
IBM-437  
DISABLE  
NORMAL  
6 lpi  
LETTER 0 STYLE  
ZERO CHARACTER  
LINE PITCH  
WHITE PAGE SKIP  
CR FUNCTUION  
LINE LENGTH  
OFF  
CR  
80 column  
11 inch  
0.0 inch  
0.0 inch  
FORM LENGTH  
TOF POSITION  
LEFT MARGIN  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 414  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Item  
Factory default setting  
FIT TO LETTER  
ENABLE  
PARALLEL MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
PARALLEL  
ENABLE  
BI-DIRECTION  
ECP  
ENABLE  
ENABLE  
ACK WIDTH  
ACK/BUSY TIMING  
I-PRIME  
NARROW  
ACK-IN-BUSY  
DISABLE  
DISABLE  
OFFLINE RECEIVE  
USB MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
USB  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
DISABLE  
SOFT RESET  
OFFLINE RECEIVE  
NETWORK MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
TCP/IP  
ENABLE  
ENABLE  
ENABLE  
ENABLE  
AUTO  
NETWARE  
ETHERTALK  
NETBEUI  
FRAME TYPE  
DHCP/BOOTP  
RARP  
ENABLE  
DISABLE  
0.0.0.0  
IP ADDRESS  
SUBNET MASK  
GATEWAY ADDRESS  
PRINT SETTINGS  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
OFF  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 415  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Item  
Factory default setting  
INITIALIZE  
OFF  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 416  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MEMORY MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
RECEIVE BUFF SIZE  
AUTO  
RESOURCE SAVE  
FLASH INITIALIZE  
PS FLASH RESIZE  
OFF  
EXECUTE  
0.5MB  
DISK MAINTENANCE MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
PARTITION #1  
PARTITION #2  
PARTITION #3  
PCL  
COMMON  
PS  
SYSTEM ADJUST MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
X ADJUST  
0.0 mm  
0.0 mm  
0.0 mm  
0.0 mm  
LEGAL 14  
Y ADJUST  
DUPLEX X ADJUST  
DUPLEX Y ADJUST  
TRAY1 LEGAL14  
PAPER  
TRAY2 LEGAL14  
PAPER  
LEGAL 14  
LEGAL 14  
TRAY3 LEGAL14  
PAPER  
PCL TRAY2 ID#  
PCL TRAY3 ID#  
PCL MP TRAY ID#  
HEX DUMP  
5
20  
4
EXECUTE  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 417  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
MAINTENANCE MENU  
Item  
Factory default setting  
EEPROM RESET  
POWER SAVE  
EXECUTE  
ENABLE  
0
PAPER BLACK  
SETTING  
PAPER COLOR  
SETTING  
0
0
0
TRANSPR BLACK  
SETTING  
TRANSPR COLOR  
SETTING  
C7100/C7300/C7500 Factory Default Settings • 418  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Software Utilities  
OVERVIEW  
Included with your printer is a selection of software utility programs  
designed to help you get the most out of your printer. Load these  
programs from the Menu Installer located on CD1.  
Utilities included:  
• Color Utility  
– Color Swatch Utility  
• Utilities for Maintenance and improved usability.  
– PDF Print Direct  
– Storage Device Manager for Windows  
– Job Accounting  
• Network Utilities  
– Print SuperVision  
– Network Printer Status  
– Oki LPR Utility  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 419  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
COLOR SWATCH UTILITY  
Color Swatch Samples  
The Color Swatch Utility allows you to print color samples or  
swatches on your Oki color printer. The swatches are used with your  
software program to select and reproduce color accurately. The  
swatches represent selected samples of the Oki Color Printer's color  
palette and can be used to find the desired colors for your printed  
documents.  
NOTE  
• Your software may not be able to match colors using the  
swatch information. You may need to use other matching  
methods.  
• The color swatch samples do not show all the colors  
your Oki Color Printer can print.  
• Other factors influence how you see color: the color and  
finish of the paper, ambient light, even the color  
surrounding the one you are looking at.  
Loading the Utility  
First, install the utility from CD1 using the Oki Menu Installer  
(Windows). To load the utility:  
Click Start J Programs J Color Swatch J Color Swatch Utility.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 420  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
     
Selecting Colors  
When you load the utility, a swatch page displays commonly used  
colors. Select print to print sample pages.  
Color Samples  
Use the color blocks to pick the specific colors that you want to  
appear in your printed document.  
Color Values  
Each color block, or sample, is identified with information your  
software package needs to reproduce that color accurately. The  
numbers under each block specify the amounts of the primary  
colors—red (R), green (G), and blue (B)—that mix to form each  
particular shade. The amounts are given as a numerical value  
between 0 and 255.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 421  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Creating Custom Swatch Colors  
If you don't find your desired color, you can create or customize  
colors:  
1. Select Custom Swatch from the File menu.  
2. On the pop-up window, there are 3 slide bars that allow you to  
customize swatches:  
– Hue bar changes the hue of the swatches, for example, red to  
green or blue to yellow.  
– Saturation bar changes vividness.  
– Lightness bar changes darkness.  
3. Adjust the bars until you see the desired color. Color variations  
are created to help you find the best match.  
4. Click OK, then print the custom swatch page.  
5. Repeat these steps if you still don’t find the desired printed color.  
NOTE  
• The Swatch Utility does not guarantee that the printer will  
print the same color displayed on your monitor. Consider  
the displayed color as a reference.  
• The printer may not be able to print the exact color that  
you desire.  
For additional information, including Applying Color Value in your  
Application, and Setting Monitor Color, see the Swatch Utility  
Read-me file located in the Windows Programs list.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 422  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PDF DIRECT PRINT UTILITY  
PDF Direct Print allows you to send a selected PDF file directly to the  
printer, a faster and easier process than using Adobe Acrobat  
separately before printing. PDF Direct Print also lets you set paper  
source, copies, 2-sided printing, print page range and other settings.  
To use PDF Direct Print:  
• An optional built-in hard disk must be installed (standard on  
dxn models).  
• 128MB or larger memory is recommended.  
• Supports version PDF 1.3 (Acrobat 4.0) or below.  
• A font environment on your system.  
NOTE  
Some PDF files may not be able to print correctly.  
Starting  
To start PDF Direct Print:  
1. Right-click on the file your want to print in Windows Explorer, or  
on the file icon on the Desktop.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 423  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
2. Click PDF Direct Print, then click Print.  
The Start screen provides the following features:  
• Select Print  
• Paper Source  
• Copies  
• 2-sided printing  
• Binding  
• Collate  
• Fit to page  
• Print page range  
• Restore Default  
• Save Settings  
• Print  
• Cancel  
• Help  
• About  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 424  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PDF Version Check  
The version level of PDF files supported is version 1.3 or below. A  
“Warning” dialog displays for any PDF file whose version is not  
supported.  
NOTE  
If when attempting to PDF-direct-print a file, “ERROR:PDF to  
PS conversion failed” displays, the file contains an  
embedded font not installed on the system. Using Acrobat,  
delete the text that is embedded, or unembed the embedded  
font. In Acrobat, select Tool J Touchup J Text attribute.  
Remove the checkmark in the Embed box.  
For additional information, see the PDF Print Direct Help file in the  
PDF Direct Print Utility.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 425  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
STORAGE DEVICE MANAGER FOR WINDOWS  
This Utility lets you manage the printer’s hard disk and flash memory,  
and download fonts, macros and firmware.  
Install the utility from CD1 using the Oki Menu Installer.  
Getting Help  
The Oki Storage Device Manager software contains an on-line Help  
system.  
To access it from the main Storage Device Manager screen, click  
Help Topics from the Help pull-down menu.  
To access it from other Storage Device Manager screens, click the  
Help button.  
NOTE  
Storage Device Manager requires Microsoft Internet  
Explorer 4.0 or higher to run.  
General Information  
Storage Device Manager (SDM) provides a means of managing  
• The printer’s internal hard disk drive (standard on all dxn models):  
10 GB [partitioned as Common, PCL and PostScript].  
• The printer’s flash memory (2 MB).  
• Using the software improves the internal performance of the  
printer and provides a tool for downloading files from the computer  
to the printer’s memory, including  
– Overlays such as logos, addresses, etc.  
– Graphic files  
– Forms such as letterheads, invoices, etc.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 426  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
NOTE  
The printer’s internal hard drive does not communicate  
directly back to the Storage Device Manager software; it  
sends any error messages to the printer display. If things  
seems to be “stuck,” go to the printer and check the display.  
Summary of Storage Device Manager Functions  
• Create or modify a project.  
• Download files to a printer.  
• Add or remove printers being administered.  
• Reboot the printer.  
• Manage the Proof & Print and Secure Print spooler queues on the  
internal hard drive.  
• Delete files from the internal hard disk or from the flash memory.  
• View the status, configuration and variables for a printer.  
• Print the demo page, PCL fonts list, or PostScript font list from a  
printer.  
• Print one or more PCL format macros or PostScript forms  
(Overlays).  
Administration  
On network systems, the Administrator oversees the Storage Device  
Manager software and can use it to manage and monitor the printer’s  
internal hard disk and flash memory.  
Administrator Functions  
The Administrator’s Functions Feature lets you:  
• Set up the Administrative Password.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 427  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Establish 4-digit PIN numbers for each client, using any four  
numbers from 0 through 7 (8 and 9 cannot be used).  
NOTE  
If preferred, clients can choose their own PIN number, but  
the administrator will need to know these PINs in order to  
access client information.  
• Reboot the printer.  
• D e l e t e f i l e s ( S h o w R e s o u r c e s i s p r e f e r a b l e ) .  
NOTE  
With Show Resources, you can browse to the file, click it,  
click Delete, then click OK to confirm the deletion. Using  
Administrator Functions to delete a file requires that you  
print out a File List, then use the information in the File List  
to type in the exact path (case sensitive) to the file. The file  
is deleted without confirmation.  
• Format the internal hard drive.  
CAUTION!  
You can also use Storage Device Manager to format the  
partitions on the printer’s hard drive, but this will wipe out all  
the contents of the partition and can cause serious  
problems. We recommend that you use the Show Resources  
and HDD Print Jobs features to maintain the disk.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 428  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Storage Device Manager  
Opening the Program  
1. Click Start J Programs J Oki J Oki Storage Device  
Manager J Oki Storage Device Manager.  
The SDM - Printer Discovery dialog box opens.  
2. Select the appropriate computer connection(s), then click Start.  
The printer searches for connected printers and places icons in  
the window at the bottom of the dialog box.  
3. Click Exit.  
The Storage Device Manager dialog box opens.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 429  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Setting Up an Administrative Password  
1. With the Storage Device Manager program open, click  
Administrator Functions in the Printers menu.  
NOTE  
Passwords consist of eight digits, letters or numbers, and  
are case sensitive.  
2. Type in the default password (p1xs7d0m) under Enter  
Password, then click Change Password.  
3. Type the 8-digit, alpha-numeric password of your choice under  
New Password.  
4. Type the password again under Confirm New Password.  
New Password Accepted appears.  
5. Click OK.  
6. Click Exit twice.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 430  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Creating PostScript Forms  
NOTE  
PostScript forms are the ones to use if you are not  
experienced with PCL Macro commands.  
Creating & Downloading a PostScript Project  
Important!  
Remember that file names and paths are case sensitive.  
Step 1: Create the Forms in Your Software Application  
1. Create the document in your software application.  
2. Click File J Print and make sure the Oki PostScript driver is  
selected.  
3. Select Print to file.  
4. Engage the Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) output option.  
Windows Me/98/95:  
– Click Properties (or your application’s equivalent).  
– Click the PostScript tab, then, if it is not already selected, click  
Encapsulated PostScript (EPS).  
Windows NT 4.0:  
– Click Properties (or your application’s equivalent).  
– Scroll down to PostScript Options and click it, then click  
PostScript Output Option and select Encapsulated  
PostScript (EPS).  
5. Click OK.  
6. Print the document to a file using the extension PRN.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 431  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Step 2:Create a New Project  
1. Open Storage Device Manager.  
2. Click Projects J New Project.  
The Project dialog box opens.  
3. Click Projects J Save Project, enter the path/name for storing  
the project on your hard drive or your network, then click Save.  
Step 3: Add Files to the Project  
1. Click Projects J Add File to Project.  
The Open dialog box appears.  
2. Make sure PRN files (*.prn) is selected in the Files of type  
drop-down list.  
3. Browse to the folder where the files are saved and select the files  
you wish to add to the project, then click Open.  
The Information dialog box appears.  
4. Click OK.  
The files are saved as HST.  
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 until you have added all the files you  
wish to add to the Project.  
NOTE  
To delete a file from the project, click the file name, then  
click Projects J Remove File from Project.  
Step 4: Check the Location for Storing the Files in the Printer’s  
Memory  
• If your printer is equipped with an internal hard disk drive, the  
Storage Device Manager will automatically save the forms to the  
PostScript partition on the hard drive.  
• If your printer does not have an internal hard disk drive, the  
Storage Device Manager will automatically store the forms in the  
PostScript section of the Flash memory.  
To store the forms in the Flash memory instead of on the hard disk  
drive:  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 432  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1. Double-click the file name in the Project window.  
The Edit Component Name and ID dialog box appears.  
2. Under Volume, type in%Flash0%, then click OK.  
Step 5: Save the Project and Download it to the Printer  
1. Click Projects J Save Project.  
2. Click Projects J Send Project Files to Printer.  
Command Issued appears.  
3. Click OK.  
Step 6: Test Print the Form  
1. With Storage Device Manager open and the appropriate printer  
icon highlighted, click Printers J Test Form.  
The Test PostScript Form dialog box appears.  
2. Click the file name for the form you wish to print (you can get this  
from the File List printout), then click OK.  
Command Issued appears.  
3. Click OK and wait for the form to print.  
Creating PCL Macros (Forms)  
Important!  
Unless you are experienced with PCL macro commands, it is  
best to stay with the PostScript Forms.  
There are two basic processes to producing PCL macros:  
• A: Creating and downloading the PCL project  
• B: Test printing the macro  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 433  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A: Creating and Downloading a PCL Project  
Important!  
Remember that file names and paths are case sensitive.  
Step 1: Create the Forms in Your Software Application  
1. Create the document in your software application.  
2. Click File J Print and make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected.  
3. Print the document to a file using the extension PRN.  
Step 2: Create a New Project  
1. Open Storage Device Manager.  
2. Click Projects J New Project.  
The Project dialog box opens.  
3. Click Projects J Save Project, enter the path/name for storing  
the project on your hard drive or your network, then click Save.  
Step 3: Convert the Files to Binary (.bin) Format  
1. Click Projects J Filter Macro File.  
The Filter Printer Patterns dialog box appears.  
2. Make any adjustments in the settings.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 434  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Example  
If you create a black oval in MS Paint and leave all the color  
command filters checked, the black oval will print as a black  
rectangle when the overlay is used. To maintain the oval shape, turn  
off (deselect) the “Configure Image Data,” “Palette ID,” and “Palette  
Control” filters.  
3. Click OK.  
The Open dialog box appears.  
4. Make sure Print spool files (*.prn) is selected in the File of type  
drop-down list.  
5. Under Look in, go to the folder where the files are saved and  
double-click the file name.  
The file is saved as a bin file. Filter File Created appears.  
6. Click OK.  
7. Repeat steps 1 through 6 until you have converted all the files  
you wish to add to the project.  
Step 4:Add the bin Files to the Project  
NOTE  
You can also add files to the project by opening either My  
Computer or Microsoft Explorer, browsing to the directory  
where the prn files are stored, then selecting the files and  
dragging them into the Project box.  
1. Click Projects J Add File to Project.  
The Open dialog box appears.  
2. Highlight the.bin file you wish to add and click Open.  
The file name appears in the Project dialog box.  
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all the files you wish to include in the  
project appear in the Project dialog box.  
To delete a file from the project, click the file name, then click  
Projects J Remove File from Project.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 435  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Step 5: Check.bin File Settings and Save the Project  
1. To check the settings for the bin files, double-click the file name.  
The Edit Component Name and ID dialog box appears.  
2. Here you can edit the  
• file name  
• ID number (the number you need to enter in the printer driver  
when printing overlays)  
• volume:  
0: = printer’s disk drive PCL partition  
1: = printer’s disk drive Common partition  
%disk0%: = printer’s disk drive PostScript partition  
2: = Flash memory PCL  
%Flash0% = Flash memory PostScript  
• path.  
3. Click OK.  
4. When you’re through reviewing the settings, click Projects J  
Save Project.  
Step 6: Download the Project to the Printer  
1. Click Projects J Send Project Files to Printer.  
Command Issued appears.  
2. Click OK.  
B: Test Printing PCL Macros  
1. With Storage Device Manager open and the appropriate printer  
icon highlighted, click Printers J Test Macro.  
The Test Macro dialog box appears.  
2. Enter the ID number for the macro file you wish to print (you can  
get this from the File List printout: look under Volume 0; e.g., for  
2:OKI.BIN, enter 2), then click OK.  
Command Issued appears.  
3. Click OK and wait for the macro to print.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 436  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Printing the File List  
To print out a list of files in the printer’s memory:  
1. With Storage Device Manager open, click Printers J Print File  
Listing.  
Command Issued appears.  
2. Click OK and wait for the File List to print.  
NOTE  
You can also print the File List from the printer’s menu:  
• Press MENU until INFORMATION MENU appears.  
• Press ITEM until PRINT FILE LIST appears.  
• Press SELECT.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 437  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Maintaining the Internal Hard Drive and Flash Memory  
HDD Print Jobs  
The HDD Print Jobs feature allows you to view and delete the Proof  
& Print and Secure Print files stored on the printer’s internal hard  
drive.  
1. Open Storage Device Manager and click the icon for the printer  
whose contents you wish to view.  
2. Click Printers J HDD Print Jobs.  
The HDD Print Jobs dialog box appears.  
3. Under Job Types, select Secure Jobs to view Secure Print jobs  
and/or Proof and Print Jobs to view Proof & Print jobs.  
• To view the jobs stored for a particular client, select View User  
Jobs under Access, then type in the client’s 4-digit User PIN  
and press Enter.  
• To view all stored jobs, select View All Jobs and type in your  
Administrator’s Password, then press Enter.  
4. Delete the files.  
Important!  
You will not be prompted to confirm the deletion.  
• Click Cancel Job(s) to delete the files without printing them.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 438  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Click Print Job(s) to print the files out before they are auto-  
matically deleted.  
Show Resources  
Use the Show Resources feature to delete files from the internal hard  
drive and flash memory.  
1. Open Storage Device Manager and click the icon for the printer  
whose contents you wish to view.  
2. Click Printers J Show Resources.  
3. Click the file(s) to be deleted (press Shift to select a span of files;  
press Ctrl to select additional files).  
• PCL Macro files are under Volume 0 (internal hard drive) or  
Volume 2 (flash memory).  
• PostScript Forms are under Volume &disk0% (internal hard  
drive) or%flash0% (flash memory).  
4. Click Printers J Delete File(s).  
5. Click Yes to confirm the deletion.  
6. Close the dialog box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 439  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Using Overlays  
Before overlays can be printed, they must be created in a software  
application and saved as a print file, then downloaded to the printer’s  
internal hard disk drive or flash memory using Storage Device  
Manager.  
General Information  
To use overlays, the Oki Storage Device Manager software must be  
installed. It is recommended that the printer be equipped with the  
hard disk drive (standard on all Oki dxn models).  
You can save logos, letterheads, etc. as overlays  
• on the printer’s internal hard disk drive  
(maximum available space, 2 MB each for PCL Macros and  
PostScript Forms) or  
• in the printer’s flash memory  
(available space limited to about 0.5 MB each for PCL Macros  
and PostScript Forms)  
then add one or any combination of them to a file as it is being  
printed.  
Use overlays  
• in place of pre-printed stationery  
• to add your logo or company address to a document  
• to create forms from pre-stored modular pieces.  
Important!  
When the hard disk drive is installed, you must use the Shutdown  
Menu before turning the printer off.  
• Overlay elements must be created in the software application  
of your choice, then stored on the printer’s hard drive using  
Storage Device Manager before they can be used.  
• If the hard disk memory is insufficient for the spooled data, the  
message DISK FULL appears.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 440  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• If the software application has a collate print option, it must be  
turned OFF before you print overlays.  
• Overlay printing cannot be done using the Windows 2000  
PostScript driver or the Macintosh driver.  
Windows 2000 and XP PCL  
In Windows 2000, overlays can only be printed using the PCL driver.  
Defining Overlays: 2000 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Printing  
Preferences.  
The OkiPrinting Preferences dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Click Define Overlays.  
5. Under Overlay Name, enter a name for the overlay.  
6. Under ID Value, enter the ID number for the file saved using the  
Storage Device Manager software (see the File List printout).  
7. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
8. Click Add, then click Close.  
The overlay you defined appears in the Defined overlays list.  
9. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Printing Using Overlays: 2000 PCL  
1. Open the document in the software application.  
2. Click File J Print.  
The Print dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Under Defined Overlays, click any overlays you wish to use (to  
select more than one, press the Ctrl key while selecting the  
names), then click Add.  
• Each name appears in the Active overlays box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 441  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• To print a sample of an overlay to see what it looks like, click  
the name under Defined Overlays, then click Test Print.  
• If you wish to add more overlays to the list, click Define  
overlays, then fill in the appropriate information in the Define  
overlays dialog box and click Close.  
5. Click Print using active overlays, then click Print.  
Editing Defined Overlays: 2000 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Printing  
Preferences.  
The Oki Printing Preferences dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Click Define overlays.  
The Define overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be edited.  
6. Make your changes, then click Apply.  
7. Click Close.  
8. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Deleting Defined Overlays: 2000 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Printing  
Preferences.  
The Oki Printing Preferences dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Click Define Overlays.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be deleted.  
6. Click Remove, then click Close.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 442  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows Me/98/95 PCL  
Defining Overlays: Me/98/95 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab, click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define overlays.  
5. Under Overlay Name, enter a name for the overlay.  
6. Under ID Value, enter the ID number for the file saved using  
Storage Device Manager (see the File List printout).  
7. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
8. Click Add, then click Close.  
Each overlay you defined appears in the Defined overlay list.  
9. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Printing Overlays: Me/98/95 PCL  
1. Open the document in the software application.  
2. Click File J Print.  
The Print dialog box appears.  
3. Make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected, then click Properties  
(or your application’s equivalent).  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
4. Click the Overlay tab.  
5. Under Defined Overlays, click any overlays you wish to use (to  
select more than one, press the Ctrl key while selecting the  
names), then click Add.  
The names appear in the Active overlays box.  
• To print a sample of an overlay to see what it looks like, click its  
name in the Defined overlays box, then click Test Print.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 443  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• If you wish to add more overlays to the list, click Define  
overlays, then fill in the appropriate information in the Define  
overlays dialog box and click Close.  
6. Click Print using active overlays, then click OK and print the  
document.  
Editing Defined Overlays: Me/98/95 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define overlays.  
The Define overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be edited.  
6. Make any changes, then click Apply.  
7. Click Close.  
8. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Deleting Defined Overlays: Me/98/95 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define overlays.  
The Define overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be deleted.  
6. Click Remove, then Close.  
7. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 444  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows Me/98/95/PostScript  
Defining Overlays: Me/98/95 PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Set up an Overlay Group: Click New.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Group Name, enter a name for the group of overlays you  
are creating.  
6. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
7. Under Overlay Name, type in the name of the overlay file exactly  
as it was stored using Storage Device Manager (see the File List  
printout), including the file extension HST.  
Overlay file names are case sensitive.  
8. Click Add.  
9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 to add additional overlays (maximum of  
three per group).  
10.Click OK.  
To create additional overlay groups (up to 32 can be defined), repeat  
steps 4 to 10 above.  
Finish  
11.Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Printing Using Overlays:  
Me/98/95 PostScript  
1. Open the document in the software application.  
2. Click File J Print.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 445  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3. Make sure the Oki PostScript printer is selected, then click  
Properties (or your application’s equivalent).  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
4. Click the Overlay tab.  
5. Click Enable Overlay in the drop-down list.  
6. Click up to four groups under Defined Overlay, then click Add.  
7. Click OK and print the document.  
Editing Defined Overlays: Me/98/95 PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Under Defined Overlay, click the name of the group you wish to  
modify, then click Edit.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Make your changes, then click OK twice and close the Printers  
dialog box.  
Deleting Defined Overlays: Me/98/95 PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Properties.  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Under Defined Overlay, click the name of the group you wish to  
remove, then click Delete.  
5. Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
6. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 446  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows NT 4.0 PCL  
Defining Overlays: NT 4.0 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Default dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define overlays.  
The Define overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Overlay Name, enter a name for the overlay.  
6. Under ID Value, enter the ID number for the file saved using  
Storage Device Manager (see the File List printout).  
7. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
8. Click Add, then click Close.  
The overlays you defined will appear in the Defined overlays  
window.  
9. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Printing Overlays: NT 4.0 PCL  
1. Click File J Print.  
The Print dialog box appears.  
2. Make sure the Oki PCL driver is selected, then click Properties  
(or your application’s equivalent).  
The Oki Properties dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Overlay tab.  
4. Under Defined Overlays, click any overlays you wish to use (to  
select more than one, press the Ctrl key while selecting the  
names), then click Add.  
The names appears in the Active overlays box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 447  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE  
To print a sample of an overlay to see what it looks like, click  
its name in the Defined Overlays box, then click Test Print.  
If you wish to add more overlays to the list, click Define  
Overlays, then fill in the appropriate information in the  
Define overlays dialog box and click Close.  
5. Click Print using active overlays, then click OK and print the  
document.  
Editing Defined Overlays: NT 4.0 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Defaults dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define Overlays.  
The Define overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be edited.  
6. Make your changes, then click Apply.  
7. Click Close.  
8. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Deleting Defined Overlays: NT 4.0 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PCL printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Defaults dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options tab. Click the Overlay button.  
4. Click Define Overlays.  
5. Under Defined overlays, click the overlay to be deleted.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 448  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6. Click Remove, then Close.  
7. Click OK and close the Printers dialog box.  
Defining Overlays: NT 4.0 PCL  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Default dialog box appears.  
3. Scroll down to Layout, and click Overlay.  
4. Under Change ‘Overlay’ Setting, click Use Overlay.  
5. Click Setting of Overlay.  
The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears.  
Set up an Overlay Group:  
6. Click New.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
7. Under Group Name, enter a name for the group of overlays you  
are creating.  
8. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
9. Under Overlay Name, type in the name of the overlay file exactly  
as it was stored using Storage Device Manager (see the File List  
printout).  
Overlay file names are case sensitive.  
10.Click Add.  
11.Repeat steps 9 and 10 to add additional overlays (maximum of  
three per group).  
12.Click OK.  
To create additional overlay groups (up to 32 can be defined),  
repeat steps 6 to 11 above.  
Save Your Settings  
13.Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 449  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Windows NT 4.0 PostScript  
Defining Overlays: NT 4.0 PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Default dialog box appears.  
3. Click the Job Options, and click Overlay.  
4. Click New.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
5. Under Overlay Name, enter a name for the group of overlays you  
are creating.  
6. In the Print on Pages drop-down list, select on which pages the  
overlay is to be printed, or select Custom and enter specific page  
numbers under Custom pages.  
7. Under Form Name, type in the name of the overlay file exactly  
as it was stored using the Storage Device Manager software (see  
the File List printout), including the file extension.HST.  
Overlay file names are case sensitive.  
8. Click Add.  
9. Repeat steps 9 and 10 to add additional overlays (maximum of  
three per group).  
10.Click OK.  
To create additional overlay groups (up to 32 can be defined),  
repeat steps 6 to 11 above.  
11.Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
Printing Using Overlays: NT 4.0 PostScript  
1. Open the document in the software application.  
2. Click File J Print.  
The Print dialog box appears.  
3. Scroll down to Layout, then click Use Overlay.  
4. Click Setting of Overlay.  
The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 450  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5. Select the Overlay group(s) you wish to print, then click Add.  
The group will appear in the Active Overlay Groups list.  
6. Click OK twice and print the document.  
Editing Defined Overlays: NT 4.0 PostScript  
7. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
8. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click Document  
Defaults.  
The Oki Defaults dialog box appears.  
9. Scroll down to Layout, and click Overlay.  
10.Click Setting of Overlay.  
The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears.  
11.Under Defined Overlay Groups, click the name of the group you  
wish to modify, then click Edit.  
The Define Overlays dialog box appears.  
12.Make your changes, then click OK.  
13.Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
Deleting Defined Overlays: NT 4.0 PostScript  
1. Click Start J Settings J Printers.  
2. Right click the Oki PostScript printer icon, then click  
Document Defaults.  
the Oki Default dialog box appears.  
3. Scroll down to Layout, and click Overlay.  
4. Click Setting of Overlay.  
The Setting of Overlay dialog box appears.  
5. Click the name of the Defined Overlay Group you wish to  
remove, then click Delete and click Yes to confirm the deletion.  
6. Click OK twice and close the Printers dialog box.  
Additional Information  
For more information, click Help in the Storage Device Manager  
program.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 451  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINT JOB ACCOUNTING  
Introduction  
Oki Print Job Accounting software, designed specifically for OKI  
printers, provides job accounting features that allow you to track  
printer usage, calculate printing costs, and specify user access.  
Main Features  
Managing print upper limits  
• You can set print enabled/disabled or color print enabled/disabled  
for each printer user or each printer.  
• You can set upper limits for items such as printed pages for each  
printer user and each printer.  
• You can set an account for each printer user and each printer,  
allowing printing only within the limits set.  
NOTE  
Whether the upper limits have been exceeded or not is  
checked according to the set interval time. Therefore, even  
if the upper limits have been exceeded, printing can  
continue as long as it is within the interval time.  
• You can set fees by sheets, paper sizes, and so forth for each  
printer.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 452  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Adding up print logs  
• You can add up printed pages and so forth for each printer user.  
Main items subject to print log are the date, user name, printer  
name, document name, color/monochrome printed pages, paper  
size, Simplex/Duplex printing, and so forth.  
NOTE  
The information on document names cannot be acquired  
while printing from some Windows application or from a  
Macintosh.  
• You can export print logs as csv files, which allow you to use any  
spreadsheet software program.  
• You can acquire a print log for print jobs sent from a client directly  
to a printer, bypassing the print server.  
• You can acquire print logs accurately even when a user has  
cancelled his/her print jobs or paper jams have occurred.  
Supporting the environment that mixes Windows and  
Macintosh  
• This system supports Windows/Macintosh as print client and can  
be used in an environment that mixes both.  
Benefits  
• You can limit use of color printing to contain cost increases.  
• You can monitor exactly who prints how much and use that  
information to plan equipment allocation.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 453  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Overview  
Configuration  
This system is configured from the following three software  
packages.  
1. OKI Print Job Accounting  
This is a management tool geared towards a system manager. It  
registers printers and users and sets print limits. Even when it is  
not running, this tool acquires and saves print logs at the set  
interval time.  
A PC in which this software is installed becomes this system's  
Server. This software is installed in at least one PC that operates  
on Windows 2000 or Windows NT4.0.  
NOTE  
This need not be a Windows 2000/NT4.0 Server version. It  
can be a Professional/Workstation version. The software  
operates on the same PC that the other server software  
applications, such as file server and print server, are  
installed on.  
In this document, this software is referred to as “Server S/W.”  
2. Printer Driver for OKI Print Job Accounting  
This is a printer driver specifically for this System. This printer  
driver must be used for printing in order for this System to correctly  
acquire print logs. Any print jobs that are printed from a printer  
driver other than this specified driver will be recorded under  
“Unregistered ID” and it is possible to set the system up to prevent  
such jobs being printed.  
NOTE  
The drivers supplied with your printer are designed for use  
with the job Accounting software and must be used for it to  
function correctly.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 454  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Basically, this software needs to be installed in all Print Client PCs.  
In this document, this software is referred to as “Job Account  
Printer Driver.”  
3. OKI Print Job Accounting Client  
This is the software that is used to set up the Job Account Printer  
Driver. The Job Account Printer Driver will only able to function as  
a specific printer driver when it has been set up by this software.  
Ensure that this software is installed in the same PC as the Job  
Account Printer Driver.  
In this document, this software is referred to as “Client S/W.”  
Before Installing  
Selecting Server PC  
A PC in which this software is installed becomes this System's  
Server. The Server S/W acquires print logs saved in the printer and  
saves them at the set interval time or at the time specified.  
Interval times can be set up to 24 hours; therefore, the System  
acquires print logs from the printer at least once each day. If the  
Server PC is shut down, however, the System cannot acquire  
information for print logs from the printer.  
Therefore, the Server PC must be left running, or at least be running  
at a specified time each day.  
What are User Name and Account ID?  
In this System, the User Name is displayed whenever print logs are  
displayed, and its sole purpose is to make it easy to see who has  
been printing. Account ID is used for actual identification of users.  
The User Name does not necessarily need to be the same as  
Windows Login User Name.  
Account ID is the number this System uses to identify the users.  
Basically, an Account ID has to be assigned to each user. If the same  
Account ID is assigned to different users, all the print jobs they have  
made will be added up as the same user when the System totals up.  
Users who do not have their own Account ID will be recognized as  
Unregistered ID(0).  
Values that are valid as Account ID are 1 through 1879048191.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 455  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
All Account IDs must be set in the Server PC and all of the Client  
PCs.  
Examples of assigning Account ID  
To permit only some users to print  
In this case, you need not necessarily assign an Account ID to  
each and every user. You assign it only to those users who are  
permitted to print. All other users will be recognized as  
Unregistered ID(0); therefore, all you have to do is to inhibit  
printing by Unregistered ID users.  
To permit only some users to print in color  
You can prevent any Unregistered ID users from printing in color,  
in the same way as above.  
To set the print limits and collect print logs by departments  
In this case, you need not necessarily assign an Account ID to  
each and every user. All you have to do is to assign an Account ID  
to each department and specify the Group Name in place of User  
Name.  
To set the print limits and collect print logs for each user  
In this case, you need to assign an Account ID to each individual  
user and ensure that you do not to assign the same Account ID to  
more than one.  
Setting Account ID on Server PC  
Start up the Server S/W and register printers. You can set an Account  
ID for each printer at this time. Even after having registered the  
printers, you can still add to or change them. Therefore, you need not  
necessarily set an Account ID for each printer when registering. For  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 456  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
further details of how to use the Server S/W, please see “Using  
Server S/W”.  
Setting Account ID on Client PC  
Start up the Client S/W first on the Client PC, and then set Job  
Account Mode.  
There are four Job Account Modes; Tab, Popup, Hide, and Not  
Supported.  
Decide which mode you wish to use.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 457  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Tab mode  
In this mode, the tab for setting the User Name and Job Account ID  
will be displayed under Job Account Printer Driver Property. This  
setting can be made by any print user as well.  
Popup mode  
In this mode, the dialogue box for entering the User Name and Job  
Account ID will be displayed every time printing is run. A printer user  
enters his/her assigned User Name and Account ID to print.  
Hide mode  
In this mode, a System administrator creates an ID file that describes  
the information on all users. Next, he/she clicks on the Import ID File  
button in the Client S/W on each Client PC, and then specifies this  
file.  
Printer users need not know anything about their own Account ID.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 458  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This ID file describes the information on each and every user in one  
line, using the following format. Use the extension “.csv” to save the  
file.  
Login User Name,Account ID {,User Name}  
Login User Name  
Account ID  
User name entered when logging onto Windows.  
Account ID corresponding to the user name.  
{User Name}  
User name displayed in this System.  
This is optional. If this is unspecified, the Login User  
Name will be used as the User Name.  
[Not supported] mode  
In this mode, all jobs to be printed will be recognized as Unregistered  
ID(0).  
NOTE  
For print jobs recognized as Unregistered ID, you can set it  
so they are permitted or refused for printing, but document  
names will not be displayed on the print logs.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 459  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installation  
What you will need  
Server PC  
The server S/W must be run under Windows2000/WindowsXP or  
NT4.0 (SP5 or later), with the latest Service Packs installed. A  
connection to the printer which will be managed is also required,  
this can be a direct connection (USB or Parallel), or a network  
TCP/IP connection.  
Client PC  
Client machines can run Windows95/98/Me/2000/XP/NT4.0 (SP5  
or later) or Macintosh 9.0/ 9.0.4/9.1  
Printers  
The Utility supports these printers:  
• OKI C7100/7300/7500  
• OKI C9300/9500  
Server PC Install Instructions  
To install the Server S/W:  
Run \SERVER\SETUP.EXE and follow the on-screen instructions  
from the Installation Wizard.  
To start the Server S/W:  
Click Start J Programs J Okidata J OKI Print Job  
Accounting J OKI Print Job Accounting.  
To get usage logs from the printer:  
• Choose Add a printer from the Printer menu, and add a  
printer from which logs are to be obtained.  
• The Account ID registration dialogue appears. Add ID if neces-  
sary.  
• A dialogue asking if you want to start obtaining the log  
appears. Click Yes.  
For the further details of how to use the Server S/W, see “Using the  
Server S/W” on page 463.”  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 460  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Client PC Install Instructions  
Install the Job Account Printer Driver in the Client PC first, and then  
the Client S/W.  
NOTE  
The drivers supplied with your C7100/7300/7500/9300/9500  
are designed for use with the Job Accounting software and  
must be used for it to function correctly.  
To install the Job Account Printer Driver:  
1. Install the Job Account Printer Driver using Add Printer Wizard.  
2. Click on the Have Disk... button on the screen to select the  
printer driver, and then specify the directory among the following  
in your CD-ROM.  
\DRIVERS\WIN9X\PCLPCL driver for Windows95/98/Me  
\DRIVERS\WIN9X\PSPostScript driver for Windows95/98/Me  
\DRIVERS\NT40\PCLPCL driver for Windows NT4.0  
\DRIVERS\NT40\PSPostScript driver for Windows NT4.0  
\DRIVERS\WIN2000\PCLPCL driver for Windows2000  
\DRIVERS\WIN2000\PSPostScript driver for Windows2000  
3. Follow the Add Printer Wizard instructions.  
To install the Client S/W:  
Run \CLIENT\SETUP.EXE EXE, select the installed driver, and then  
set the Job Account Mode.  
Client PC Install Instructions (Macintosh)  
Read the ReadMe file in the Drivers folder.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 461  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Uninstalling the Software  
Server PC Uninstall Instructions  
To uninstall the Server S/W, delete all printers that have been  
registered in the Server S/W.  
To delete a printer:  
1. Select a printer in the left pane of Server S/W.  
2. Select Start/end log from the Printer menu.  
NOTE  
At this stage the Server S/W stops acquiring print logs from  
the printer at the set interval time, but the printer will  
continue logging until deleted. Therefore, be sure to run  
“Delete a printer” without fail before uninstalling the Server  
S/W.  
3. Select Delete a printer from the Printer menu.  
NOTE  
If you run Delete a printer from the Printer menu, you will be  
asked if you want to delete the print log for the jobs that have  
been printed by that printer. Even if you select “No” at this  
point, unless you register the printer again, the print log for  
those jobs cannot be referenced. If you need the log even  
after deletion of the printer, be sure to select Export Logs  
from the Log menu, then save them in the csv file before  
deleting the printer.  
To uninstall the Server S/W:  
Click Start J Programs J Okidata J OKI Print Job Accounting  
J Delete OKI Print Job Accounting.  
Note  
Notes  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 462  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Client PC uninstall Instructions  
Uninstall the Client S/W first. Then, delete the Job Account Printer  
Driver if you do not need it.  
To uninstall the Client S/W:  
Click Start J Programs J Okidata J OKI Print Job Accounting  
Client JꢀDelete OKI Print Job Accounting client.  
To delete the Job Account Printer Driver:  
1. Select Start JꢀSettings JꢀPrinters. Printers folder will appear.  
2. Select the printer and right-click it. Select Delete from the menu.  
Using the Server S/W  
Menu Map  
This outlines the Menu items. (See notes at end of section)  
File  
Print  
Prints the contents of the active log pane (right  
side of screen).  
Exit  
Closes the application.  
Printer  
Add a Printer Registers a new printer.  
Delete a  
Deletes a registered printer.  
Printer(*1)  
Start/End  
Log(*1)  
Starts/ends the process of acquiring  
information for logs from the printer at the set  
interval time.  
Property...(*1 Browses/changes the settings; for example,  
)
user information.  
Acquire a  
Log(*1)  
Acquires a print log saved in the printer. (*4)  
Setting the  
Time(*1)  
Sets the present time in the printer. (*3)  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 463  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
 
Log  
Display Logs(*2) Changes the display from Total to Logs.  
Displays  
Logs(*2)  
Changes the display from Total to Logs.  
Display  
Total(*2)  
Changes the display to Total per Printer,  
Account ID or month.  
Export  
Exports logs in the csv file.  
Logs(*2)  
Export  
Total(*2)  
Exports totals by Printer, Account ID or  
month in the csv file.  
Delete the  
log(*2)  
Deletes the selected log  
Display  
Details  
Switches Default display/Details display.(*4)  
Display/  
Export Item  
Settings  
Selects the items to be displayed at Default  
Display. (*4)  
Update to  
the latest  
status  
Updates the information on the log pane (right  
side of screen).  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 464  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Help  
Server ID  
Version Info  
Displays Server ID.  
Displays version information.  
Notes  
Notes  
*1.Before running this menu, select the subject printer from  
the “Printer Tree” on the Select pane (Left side of screen).  
*2.Before running this menu, select the subject item from  
the “Log Tree” on the Select pane (Left side of screen). If  
you select “Log”, all items will be subject to displaying/  
exporting. If you select one printer, only that printer will  
be subject to displaying.  
*3.If the printer has been switched on and off, the correct  
time will not be set in the printer until the next time printer  
logs are acquired. You need only do this if the printer has  
been switched on and off in between acquisition of logs.  
*4.Run the “Update to the latest status” menu in order to  
update the information on the log pane after having run  
this menu.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 465  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How to add a printer  
To use this System, you need to register printers in the Server S/W.  
Check that the printers to be managed by this System are powered  
up and properly connected, and then register them by following the  
procedure below.  
1. Select Add a printer from the Printer menu. The following  
screen will appear.  
• To search printers, select Search printers... and click on the  
Next button.  
• To specify the address directly, select Specify the printer...  
and click on the Next button.  
2. Searching printers will prompt the following screen to appear.  
Only those printers supported by this System will be searched. If  
no search can be made, check to see the printers being searched  
are not offline or properly connected.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 466  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Select the printer you want to register from the list of printers  
searched and click on the Next button.  
3. Set the printer at the following screen.  
Acquire Logs  
You can designate time to acquire logs by an interval or time. If  
this value exceeds 24 hours, it is set to 24 hours.  
Fees  
In the combo box, select a fee definition. Some fee settings are  
available with defaults, and can also be defined. For definition,  
refer to “How to set up fees.”  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 467  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Operation at log full  
You can select an operation that a printer performs when the  
buffer for log storing becomes full and cannot store any more logs  
from the combo box. There are the following three options.  
Cancel the job:  
Cancels the jobs once the buffer is full.  
Does not acquire log: Prints without acquiring logs once the buffer  
is full.  
Delete old logs:  
Deletes old logs and stores new logs.  
Inhibit the initialization of HDD  
Set Inhibit the initialization of HDD. When initialization is inhibited,  
you cannot initialize Flash and HDD using the operation panel.  
Use this in order to prevent the logs stored in the printer from being  
deleted.  
Usage Limits  
You can set usage limits for unregistered users (data without ID)  
and for local print (Print from operator panel such as menu map or  
file list). When “Printing not permitted” is set, users cannot change  
other settings.  
Printing not permitted:  
Inhibit color printing:  
All printing is cancelled.  
Color data printing is cancelled.  
4. Register Account ID next.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 468  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How to set up fees  
Clicking on the Define fees button will display the screen for setting  
up/selecting fees. Clicking on the Add or Property button will display  
the following screen.  
Simple settings (Fee charged per sheet)  
You can set a fee to be charged per sheet of color/mono print.  
Select the Simple settings radio button, and enter a fee per sheet  
in the edit box of color/mono. With this setting, a fixed fee is  
charged regardless of paper size, paper source tray or media  
type.  
Detailed settings  
You can select the Detailed settings radio button, and set fees for  
Pages, Finisher, Printer use time, Paper size, Tray and Media.  
Only the items checked under each tab are valid, and the total fee  
for the valid items will be charged.  
How to change printer properties  
To change the settings of a printer that you have already  
registered, select the subject printer from the “Printer Tree” on the  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 469  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Selection pane (left side of screen) and then Property from the  
Printer menu; the following screen displays.  
How to change account ID settings  
To change the settings of an already registered Account ID,  
double-click the user listed in the “Account ID” list box; the  
following screen displays.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 470  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Usage limits  
You can set usage limits for a Job Account ID. When “Printing not  
permitted” is selected, other settings cannot be changed. Printing not  
permitted: All printing is cancelled. Inhibit color printing: Color data  
printing is cancelled.  
Limit  
You can set a limit for the Job Account ID. When checked, the limit  
on the right side is valid.  
Valid period  
You can set a validity period for the limit specified above.  
How to set up log display  
In order to display a log, select a log you want to display from the  
“LogTree” and select “Display Log” in Log menu. When you select  
Printer or Date in the “Log Tree”, all the logs are displayed. If you  
select a printer name from Printers in the “Log Tree”, all the logs for  
the printer are displayed. If you select Month from Date in the “Log  
Tree”, all the logs for the month are displayed. Double-clicking an  
item in the “Log Tree” also displays logs.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 471  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
How to read the log  
The items that are displayed as print logs are as follows:  
Column  
Log No.  
Description  
The ID of the Job  
Account ID  
User  
User Account ID  
User Name  
Document Name  
Total Sheets  
Pages  
e Document Name  
Number of sheets of paper  
Number of printed sides  
Result - Printed, Rejected etc.  
Paper size used  
Status  
Paper Size  
Media(*1)  
Paper Type(*1)  
Duplex Print  
Sheets  
Paper type used - Transparency etc.  
Paper type used - Light, Medium etc.  
Simplex or Duplex  
Number of sheets of paper  
Number of sides printed in color  
Color  
Mono  
Number of sides printed in  
Monochrome  
Staple  
Number of staples used  
Time the log was acquired(*1) Time the log was acquired from the  
printer (completed)  
Time the log acquisition  
started(*1)  
Time the log was acquired from the  
printer (started)  
Time the process began(*1)  
Time the process ended(*1)  
Time printing began(*1)  
Time printing ended(*1)  
Time the job processing started  
Time the job processing ended  
Time the printing process started  
Time the printing process ended  
Offline time during processing (if any)  
Off-line time during  
processing(*1)  
Off-line time during printing(*1) Offline time during printing (if any)  
Tray1(*1)  
Number of sheets fed from Tray1  
Number of sheets fed from Tray2  
Number of sheets fed from Tray3  
Number of sheets fed from Tray4  
Number of sheets fed from Tray5  
Tray2(*1)  
Tray3(*1)  
Tray4(*1)  
Tray5(*1)  
Multi-Purpose Tray (*1)  
Number of sheets fed from Multi-  
Purpose Tray  
Envelope Feeder(*1)  
Number of sheets fed from Envelope  
Feeder  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 472  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
600dpi(*1)  
Number of sides printed in 600dpi  
1200x600dpi(*1)  
Number of sheets printed in  
1200x600dpi  
1200dpi(*1)  
Number of sheets printed in 1200dpi  
NOTE  
*1.This item is not displayed by default. To display it, run the  
“Log-Display Details” menu or select the item that is  
displayed on the “Log-Display/Export Item Settings”  
menu and run “Log-Display logs.”  
Troubleshooting  
Q. The printer I selected is not shown in the “Printer - Add a  
printer” menu.  
A. If it is offline, the printer will not be shown. Check to see that the  
printer is not offline. There are times the printer is not shown  
during printing. Wait for a while and try again. If it is still not shown,  
specify that printer's IP address.  
Q. The content of Log Pane (right side of screen) is not updated.  
A. Run the “Log - Update to the latest status” menu.  
Q. The following message was displayed: “Cannot connect to  
the printer. Wait for a while and try again.”  
A. Check that the printer is not offline. This message is sometimes  
displayed during printing. Wait for a while and try again.  
Q. The following message was displayed in the “Printer - Delete  
a Printer” menu. “Cannot delete while log is being acquired.”  
A. Run the “Printer - Start/End Log” menu first to cancel the process  
by which print logs are acquired from the printer at the set interval  
time, and then run the “Printer - Delete a Printer” menu.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 473  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Q. The following message was displayed in the “Printer -  
Acquire a Log” menu. “This processing cannot do between  
acquisition of a Log.”  
A. Print log is already being acquired from the printer at this time.  
Known Problems/Solutions  
1. When using PS Duplex printing, if the reverse side is blank it is  
not counted as a page.  
2. Installer installs a file for the currency unit according to the  
system’s standard Regional Setting. If the correct file is not  
installed, please check the Regional Setting. If you wish to set to  
the system standard, check “Set as system default local” under  
“Regional Setting.”  
3. Printing with Network Menu’s “PRINT SETING” is handled as an  
unregistered user job, and will not be recognized as a local print  
job.  
4. PostScript printer drivers (Macintosh) do not store document  
names in log.  
5. In applications that create their own PS codes when using the  
Windows PS driver, the Job Accounting command (Job Account  
ID, user name) will not be output. Examples of such applications  
include: Adobe PageMaker and CorelDraw (when the “Use PPD”  
check box is checked in the Print dialog box.)  
6. If you print from Win2000 (Client) to Win2000 (Shared Printer Job  
Account Mode already set), you have to remove the check from  
the “Enable advanced printing features” under the “Advanced”  
tab in the shared printer’s Properties. Removing the check,  
however, will disable both the Booklet (PS, PCL) and Page Order  
(PS) features.  
7. When adding a printer, specifying other than 255.255.255.255 at  
“Broadcast Address” for the printer with an OkiLAN 6200ePlus  
Print Server installed will not enable search. For printers outside  
this segment, type in “IP Address” directly at “Specify the printer  
by connecting destination.”  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 474  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PRINTSUPERVISION  
PrintSuperVision is a web-based application for managing printing  
devices connected to a network. PrintSuperVision provides access to  
networked printer data for monitoring, reporting and managing  
networked printers. It provides a full range of management functions  
for Oki printers, and for other brands of printers as well.  
Features  
• Provides real-time status of all your printers to monitor and report  
printer usage, manage consumables usage and replenishment.  
• Administrator interface to the system is via a standard web  
browser enabling you to check on printer status and compatible  
multi-function devices from anywhere on the web.  
• Performs initial discovery and configuration of printing devices  
connected to network.  
• View groups of printers by list, floorplan or maps.  
• Monitors devices over time, including maintenance data, and  
saves data for statistical reports.  
• Sends mail alerts of events affecting device functionality.  
• Generates reports on-screen or in XHTML, Excel and XML  
formats, plus Text and CSV formats.  
• Integrates with Oki Data’s on-line web support.  
Types of Users  
• Guest users, without username, can get basic information  
about devices, such as type, status and location of printing  
devices.  
• Standard users, in addition to guest user information,  
standard users can get information about printing resources,  
configure e-mail alerts, and get basic statistics reports.  
• Administrators can manage devices, maps, alerts, user  
accounts, maintenance data, and create comprehensive  
statistics reports.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 475  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Typical usage scenarios  
• The network administrator in a large organization can get  
customized daily reports of the status of all printers including  
usage reports. User accounts can be configured so that a person  
in each department can manage their local printers.  
• The system can be set to alert the local user and the administrator  
of problems. The administrator can log into the PrintSuperVision  
system from any client machine and manage printers on different  
sites, looking at a map view to see instantly the status of all the  
printers.  
• The administrator can keep a close track of the cost of the printers  
including tracking maintenance. PrintSuperVision also provides a  
consumables prediction facility to advise when consumable will  
need replacing based on current printer usage (Oki color printers).  
System Requirements  
Server Software  
Pentium 75, 64MB or better with CD support running:  
• Windows 98 with Microsoft Personal Web Server Version™,  
available for free download from Microsoft™ as Option Pack 4.0.  
• Windows NT4 Workstation, SP6.0a, Microsoft Personal Web  
Server Version, available for free download from Microsoft as  
Option Pack 4.0  
• Windows 2000 or NT4 Server SP6.0a, Microsoft IIS™, available  
for free download from Microsoft as Option Pack 4.0  
Client Software  
• Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.01 or above  
• Netscape Navigator 4.0 or above  
• Recommended minimum screen resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels  
Additional Information  
For more information, click on Help in the PrintSuperVision program.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 476  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NETWORK PRINTER STATUS UTILITY  
This utility creates an additional tab (STATUS) in the PostScript and  
PCL drivers that allows the client to monitor the selected printer’s  
status.  
To Install  
1. Insert the Oki CD1 into the CD-ROM drive.  
(If CD does not AutoPlay, click Start J Run J Browse. Browse to  
your CD-ROM and double-click Install.exe, then click OK.)  
2. Click Network Software J Administration Tools J Network  
Printer Status. Follow the on-screen instructions.  
To Open  
1. Click Start J Settings JꢀPrinters. Right-click the Oki Printer  
icon, clickꢀPropertiesꢁꢀ  
2. Click on the STATUS tab.  
3. Click the UPDATE button to see device settings. The following  
screen displays:  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 477  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Click on an item to see this information:  
Trays:  
Paper Type, weight  
Duplex:  
Installed/not installed  
Disk/Memory:  
RAM size and % used;  
Flash Memory size and % used  
Toner Remaining:  
% toner remaining is all cartridges  
NOTE  
If the Automatic Status Check box is checked, this utility will  
“ping” the printer each time you open the Printer Properties  
dialog in the printer driver. This will severely slow down the  
opening of this dialog.  
Checking the Printer Status  
Click the WEB SETTING button. The following screen displays:  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 478  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Click on the items listed on the left to see:  
• Network Summary  
• Login for Administrators  
• Job Login  
• Printer Menu  
To see real-time printer status, click the UPDATE STATUS button.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 479  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
OKI LPR UTILITY  
Oki LPR Utility allows you to print directly to a printer on the network  
without a print server. It creates an Oki Printer Port, and installs a  
pop-up status box so you can monitor printer status.  
Oki LPR operates in Windows Me/98/95, Windows NT 4.0, Windows  
2000, and Windows XP operating systems.  
How to Install  
The Oki LPR Utility supports TCP/IP. Your network administrator will  
first need to set up an IP address and TCP/IP properties for your  
printer.  
1. To install the utility, insert the Oki CD1 into the CD-ROM drive.  
(If CD does not AutoPlay, click Start J Run J Browse. Browse to  
your CD-ROM driver and double-click Install.exe, then click OK.)  
2. Click Network Software J Installation/Config J LPR Utility.  
Follow the on-screen instructions.  
Oki LPR Status box  
The Oki LPR Utility Status Box displays the following information:  
• Printers: Names of added printers (You can add up to 30 printers)  
• Status: LPR Utility status (empty, connecting, sending, paused,  
checking status, not connected)  
• Finish: Number of completed jobs.  
• Queue: Number of jobs waiting to be printed.  
Additional Information  
For help using the Oki LPR Utility, click on HELP in the program.  
C9300/C9500 Software Utilities • 480  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
   
Color matching, PostScript  
Windows 2000 172  
Windows Me/98/95 235  
Windows NT 4.0 306  
Windows XP 103  
Color swatch utility 420  
Color swatch utility, PCL  
Windows 2000 171  
Windows Me/98/95 234  
Windows NT 4.0 305  
Windows XP 102  
Index  
A
Additional memory 392  
Windows 2000 150  
Windows Me/98/95 217  
Windows NT 4.0 282  
Windows XP 78  
Additional paper trays 400  
B
Components 15  
Booklets 191  
Confidential documents  
Windows 2000 200  
Windows Me/98/95 264  
Windows NT 4.0 330  
Windows XP 132  
Windows 2000 191  
Windows Me/98/95 252  
Windows NT 4.0 322  
Windows XP 123  
Connection  
Power cable 31  
Control panel 32  
Custom page sizes 182  
Windows Me/98/95 245  
Windows NT 4.0 312  
Windows XP 113  
C
Changing defaults  
Windows 2000 157  
Windows Me/98/95 222  
Windows NT 4.0 289  
Windows XP 85  
Choosing a color matching method  
Windows 2000 166  
Windows Me/98/95 229  
Windows NT 4.0 301  
Windows XP 97  
D
Disk Maintenance 63  
Display language 34  
Drivers, printer  
Collating  
Windows 2000 149  
Windows Me/98/95 216  
Windows NT 4.0 281  
Windows XP 77  
Duplex printing 188  
Windows 2000 188  
Windows Me/98/95 250  
Windows NT 4.0 319  
Windows XP 120  
Duplex unit 399  
WIndows 2000 196  
Windows Me/98/95 258  
Windows NT 4.0 326  
Windows XP 128  
Color matching, PCL driver  
Windows 2000 166  
Windows Me/98/95 232  
Windows NT 4.0 303  
Windows XP 100  
Windows 2000 155  
Windows Me/98/95 221  
Windows NT .4.0 287  
Windows XP 83  
Index • 483  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Media default  
E
Windows 2000 157  
Windows Me/98/95 222  
Windows NT 4.0 289  
Windows XP 85  
Envelope types 39  
Envelopes 409  
Error messages 369  
Media Menu 45  
F
Memory, enabling  
Windows 2000 150  
Windows Me/98/95 217  
Windows NT 4.0 282  
Windows XP 78  
Factors that affect color printing  
Windows 2000 163  
Windows Me/98/95 226  
Windows NT 4.0 298  
Windows XP 94  
Menu settings 35  
Font substitution  
Windows Me/98/95 259  
Fuser unit 362  
N
Network interface card 391  
Network Menu 61  
Network printer status utility 477  
Windows 2000 161  
Windows Me/98/95 224  
Windows NT 4.0 296  
Windows XP 92  
H
Hard disk 396  
Hard disk drive  
Windows 2000 151  
Windows Me/98/95 219  
Windows NT 4.0 283  
Windows XP 79  
N-up printing  
Windows 2000 180  
Windows Me/98/95 243  
Windows NT 4.0 310  
Windows XP 111  
I
Image drum 355  
INFORMATION MENU 44  
L
O
LED head 365  
Location 14  
OKI color matching  
Windows 2000 172  
Windows Me/98/95 236  
Windows XP 103  
M
Maintenance  
OKI LPR utility 480  
OKI print media 408  
OKI Using ICC Profiles feature  
Windows Me/98/95 242  
Windows XP 107  
Windows2000 176  
Optional paper trays  
Windows 2000 153  
Windows Me/98/95 220  
Windows NT 4.0 285  
Windows XP 81  
Cleaning LED head 365  
Fuser unit 362  
Image drum 355  
Toner cartridge 349  
Transfer belt 358  
Manual feed 30  
Index • 484  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Options  
Additional memory 392  
Additional paper trays 400  
Duplex unit 399  
Internal hard disk 396  
Network interface card 391  
Overlays  
Windows 2000 206  
Windows Me/98/95 270  
Windows NT 4.0 336  
Windows XP 138  
PostScript color matching  
Windows 2000 174  
Windows Me/98/95 239  
Windows NT 4.0 308  
Windows XP 105  
Power cable 31  
Print job accounting 452  
Print Jobs Menu 44  
PRINT MENU 45  
Printer  
Changing display language 34  
Components 15  
Control panel 32  
P
Paper  
Location 14  
Feed 36  
Loading 26  
Menu settings 35  
Unpacking 12  
Manual feed 30  
Sizes 37  
Types 39  
Printer drivers  
Windows 2000 149  
Windows Me/98/95 216  
Windows NT 4.0 281  
Windows XP 77  
Printer settings  
Changing 43  
Paper feed default  
Windows 2000 157  
Windows Me/98/95 222  
Windows NT 4.0 289  
Windows XP 85  
Paper size default  
Windows 2000 157  
Windows Me/98/95 222  
Windows NT 4.0 289  
Windows XP 85  
Paper trays, optional  
Windows 2000 153  
Windows Me/98/95 220  
WIndows NT 4.0 285  
Windows XP 81  
Parallel Menu 60  
PDF direct print utility 423  
Posters  
Confirming 43  
List of settings 44  
Printing menu list 43  
Printer status utility  
Windows 2000 161  
Windows Me/98/95 224  
Windows NT 4.0 296  
Windows XP 92  
Printing  
Booklets 191  
Custom page sizes 182  
Duplex 188  
PrintSuperVision 475  
Proof and print  
Window 2000 215  
Windows Me/98/95 279  
Windows NT 4.0 345  
Windows XP 147  
Windows 2000 197  
Windows Me/98/95 260  
Windows NT 4.0 327  
Windows XP 129  
Protective sheet removal 18  
Index • 485  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
R
T
Rendering intents  
Windows 2000 174  
Windows Me/98/95 239  
Windows NT 4.0 308  
Windows XP 105  
Resolution  
Toner cartridge 349  
Toner cartridge installation 22, 349  
Transfer belt 358  
Transporting 367  
Troubleshooting  
Miscellaneous problems 389  
Windows 2000 187  
Windows Me/98/95 249  
Windows NT 4.0 318  
Windows XP 119  
U
Unpacking 12  
Usage Menu 66  
Utilities  
S
color swatch 420  
network printer status 477  
OKI LPR 480  
pdf direct print 423  
print job accounting 452  
PrintSuperVision 475  
storage device manager 426  
Secure print  
Windows NT 4.0 330  
Secure printing  
Windows 2000 200  
Windows Me/98/95 264  
Windows XP 132  
Setting up  
Power cable 31  
W
Watermarks  
Protective sheet removal 18  
Toner cartridge installation 22  
Software utilities 419  
Status messages 369  
Status utility  
Windows 2000 161  
Windows Me/98/95 224  
Windows NT 4.0 296  
Windows XP 92  
Windows 2000 194  
Windows Me/98/95 254  
Windows NT 4.0 324  
Windows XP 126  
Windows ICM color matching  
Windows 2000 179  
Windows Me/98/95 241  
Windows XP 110  
Storage device manager 426  
Store to hard disk  
Windows 2000 203  
Windows Me/98/95 267  
Windows NT 4.0 333  
Windows XP 135  
Synflex print media 408  
System Adjust Menu 64  
System Config. Menu 51  
Index • 486  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Miele Freezer F1801VI User Manual
Miele Microwave Oven 09 919 100 User Manual
Minolta Digital Camera maxxum5000body User Manual
Multi Tech Systems Network Card MT5600BA V92 User Manual
Multi Tech Systems Welder MMV1600 User Manual
Nikon Binoculars OMEGA Muzzleloading 3 9x40 User Manual
NordicTrack Treadmill 307020 User Manual
NuTone Ventilation Hood WS130AA User Manual
Omron Blood Pressure Monitor M24 7 User Manual
Oricom Two Way Radio UHF050 User Manual